U.S. patent application number 14/703750 was filed with the patent office on 2015-10-29 for inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase.
The applicant listed for this patent is Pharmacyclics, Inc.. Invention is credited to Joseph J. BUGGY, Wei CHEN, Lee HONIGBERG, David LOURY, Erik VERNER.
Application Number | 20150307500 14/703750 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 45973505 |
Filed Date | 2015-10-29 |
United States Patent
Application |
20150307500 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
HONIGBERG; Lee ; et
al. |
October 29, 2015 |
INHIBITORS OF BRUTON'S TYROSINE KINASE
Abstract
Described herein are irreversible kinase inhibitor compounds,
methods for synthesizing such irreversible inhibitors, and methods
for using such irreversible inhibitors in the treatment of
diseases. Further described herein are methods, assays and systems
for determining an appropriate irreversible inhibitor of a protein,
including a kinase.
Inventors: |
HONIGBERG; Lee; (San
Francisco, CA) ; VERNER; Erik; (Belmont, CA) ;
BUGGY; Joseph J.; (Mountain View, CA) ; LOURY;
David; (San Jose, CA) ; CHEN; Wei; (Fremont,
CA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Pharmacyclics, Inc. |
Sunnyvale |
CA |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
45973505 |
Appl. No.: |
14/703750 |
Filed: |
May 4, 2015 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
13543394 |
Jul 6, 2012 |
|
|
|
14703750 |
|
|
|
|
12594805 |
Jun 8, 2010 |
8883435 |
|
|
PCT/US2008/058528 |
Mar 27, 2008 |
|
|
|
13543394 |
|
|
|
|
61017125 |
Dec 27, 2007 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
424/133.1 ;
424/649; 514/110; 514/171; 514/19.3; 514/252.18; 514/262.1; 514/27;
514/34; 514/43; 514/48; 514/49; 544/262 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61P 29/00 20180101;
A61P 19/02 20180101; A61P 35/04 20180101; C07D 487/04 20130101;
A61P 35/02 20180101; A61P 37/06 20180101; A61P 35/00 20180101; A61P
19/10 20180101; A61K 31/519 20130101; A61P 19/04 20180101; A61P
19/08 20180101; A61P 37/00 20180101; A61K 45/06 20130101; A61K
31/4985 20130101 |
International
Class: |
C07D 487/04 20060101
C07D487/04; A61K 45/06 20060101 A61K045/06; A61K 31/519 20060101
A61K031/519 |
Claims
1.-100. (canceled)
101. A compound of Formula (A5) having the structure: ##STR00112##
wherein: R.sub.1 is -L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl),
wherein L.sub.2 is a bond; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are H; R.sub.4 is
L.sub.3-X-L.sub.4-G, wherein, L.sub.3 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl; X is a bond; L.sub.4 is substituted or
unsubstituted heterocycle; G is ##STR00113## and R.sub.6, R.sub.7
and R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or
substituted lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower
heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
102. The compound of claim 101, wherein G is ##STR00114##
103. The compound of claim 102, wherein R.sub.6, R.sub.7, and
R.sub.8 are H.
104. The compound of claim 102, wherein R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H;
and R.sub.6 is selected from lower alkyl or substituted lower
alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl.
105. The compound of claim 104, wherein R.sub.6 is substituted
lower alkyl.
106. The compound of claim 105, wherein lower alkyl is substituted
with a disubstituted amino group.
107. The compound of claim 102, wherein R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H;
and R.sub.7 is selected from lower alkyl or substituted lower
alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl.
108. The compound of claim 107, wherein R.sub.7 is substituted
lower alkyl.
109. The compound of claim 108, wherein lower alkyl is substituted
with a disubstituted amino group.
110. The compound of claim 101, wherein G is ##STR00115##
111. The compound of claim 110, wherein R.sub.6 is H.
112. The compound of claim 110, wherein R.sub.6 is selected from
lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or
substituted lower heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower
cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower
heterocycloalkyl.
113. The compound of claim 112, wherein R.sub.6 is substituted
lower alkyl.
114. The compound of claim 113, wherein lower alkyl is substituted
with a disubstituted amino group.
115. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound of claim 101, and a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient.
116. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 115 that is formulated
for a route of administration selected from oral administration,
parenteral administration, buccal administration, nasal
administration, topical administration, or rectal
administration.
117. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 115, further
comprising an anticancer agent.
118. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 117, wherein the
anticancer agent is an alkylating agent, vinca alkaloid,
epipodophyllotoxin, angiogenesis inhibitor, adrenocorticosteroid,
progestin, estrogen, antiestrogen, androgen, antiandrogen, or
gonadotropin releasing hormone analog, or a combination
thereof.
119. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 117, wherein the
anticancer agent is bortezomib, carmustine, carboplatin, cisplatin,
cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide, doxorubicin,
vincristine, etoposide, gemcitabine, fludarabine phosphate,
fluorouracil, imatinib, geldanamycin,
17-N-allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17-AAG), flavopiridol,
bortezomib, trastuzumab, bortezomib, trastuzumab, methotrexate,
melphalan, prednisone, rituxan, dexamethasone, cytarabine,
paclitaxel, amrubicin, or azacitidine, or a combination
thereof.
120. A method for treating a blood cell cancer comprising
administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound of Formula (A5) of claim 101.
121. The method of claim 120, wherein the blood cell cancer is a
mast cell malignancy.
122. The method of claim 120, wherein the blood cell cancer is a
lymphoma.
123. The method of claim 120, wherein the blood cell cancer is a
leukemia.
124. The method of claim 120, wherein the blood cell cancer is
diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma,
lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic
marginal zone lymphoma, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma,
nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma,
mediastinal (thymic) large B cell lymphoma, intravascular large B
cell lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, primary effusion
lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic
leukemia, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma, Burkitt's
lymphoma/leukemia, or lymphomatoid granulomatosis.
125. The method of claim 120, further comprising administering to
the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an anticancer
agent.
126. The method of claim 125, wherein the compound of Formula (A5)
and the anticancer agent are administered simultaneously or
sequentially.
127. The method of claim 125, wherein the anticancer agent is an
alkylating agent, vinca alkaloid, epipodophyllotoxin, angiogenesis
inhibitor, adrenocorticosteroid, progestin, estrogen, antiestrogen,
androgen, antiandrogen, or gonadotropin releasing hormone analog,
or a combination thereof.
128. The method of claim 125, wherein the anticancer agent is
bortezomib, carmustine, carboplatin, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide,
chlorambucil, ifosfamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, etoposide,
gemcitabine, fludarabine phosphate, fluorouracil, imatinib,
geldanamycin, 17-N-allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17-AAG),
flavopiridol, bortezomib, trastuzumab, bortezomib, trastuzumab,
methotrexate, melphalan, prednisone, rituxan, dexamethasone,
cytarabine, paclitaxel, amrubicin, or azacitidine, or a combination
thereof.
Description
RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application is a continuation of U.S.
application Ser. No. 13/543,394, filed Jul. 6, 2012; which is a
continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/594,805, filed Jun. 8,
2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,883,435, issued Nov. 11, 2014; which is a
U.S. National Stage Entry of PCT/US2008/058528, filed Mar. 27,
2008; which claims the benefit of priority from U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 11/692,870, filed Mar. 28, 2007, now U.S. Pat.
No. 7,732,454, issued Jun. 8, 2010; U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 11/964,285, filed Dec. 26, 2007, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,825,118,
issued Nov. 2, 2010; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.
61/017,125, filed Dec. 27, 2007; all of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Described herein are irreversible kinase inhibitor
compounds, methods for synthesizing such irreversible inhibitors,
and methods for using such irreversible inhibitors in the treatment
of diseases. Further described herein are methods, assays and
systems for determining an appropriate irreversible inhibitor of a
protein, including a kinase.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] A kinase, alternatively known as a phosphotransferase, is a
type of enzyme that transfers phosphate groups from high-energy
donor molecules, such as ATP, to specific target molecules; the
process is termed phosphorylation. Protein kinases, which act on
and modify the activity of specific proteins, are used to transmit
signals and control complex processes in cells. Up to 518 different
kinases have been identified in humans. Their enormous diversity
and role in signaling makes them attractive targets for drug
design.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0004] Described herein are inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
(Btk). Also described herein are irreversible inhibitors of Btk.
Further described are irreversible inhibitors of Btk that form a
covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Btk. Further described
herein are irreversible inhibitors of other tyrosine kinases,
wherein the other tyrosine kinases share homology with Btk by
having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that forms
a covalent bond with the irreversible inhibitor (such tyrosine
kinases, are referred herein as "Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine
homologs"). Also described herein are irreversible inhibitors of
tyrosine kinases that have an accessible cysteine residue near an
active site of the tyrosine kinase (referred herein as "Accessible
Cysteine Kinases" or ACKs). Also described herein are irreversible
inhibitors of any of the aforementioned tyrosine kinases, in which
the irreversible inhibitor includes a Michael acceptor moiety.
Further described are such irreversible inhibitors in which the
Michael acceptor moiety preferentially forms a covalent bond with
the appropriate cysteine residue on the desired tyrosine kinase
relative to forming a covalent bond with other biological molecules
that contain an accessible SH moiety. Also described herein are
methods for synthesizing such irreversible inhibitors, methods for
using such irreversible inhibitors in the treatment of diseases
(including diseases wherein irreversible inhibition of Btk provides
therapeutic benefit to a patient having the disease). Further
described are pharmaceutical formulations that include an
irreversible inhibitor of Btk.
[0005] Compounds described herein include those that have a
structure of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, acids and
prodrugs thereof. In certain embodiments, isomers and chemically
protected forms of compounds having a structure represented by any
of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula
(D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), are also provided.
[0006] In one aspect, provided herein are compounds of Formula (I).
Formula (I) is as follows:
##STR00001##
[0007] wherein [0008] L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, NH or S; [0009] Ar is
a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl; and either [0010] (a) Y is an optionally
substituted group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene,
arylene, heteroarylene, alkylenearylene, alkyleneheteroarylene,
alkylenecycloalkylene and alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0011] Z is
C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x,
where x is 1 or 2, and R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and either [0012]
(i) R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; [0013] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0014] (ii)
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0015] R.sub.7 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0016]
(iii) R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0017]
R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0018]
(b) Y is an optionally substituted group selected from
cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene; [0019] Z is C(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is
1 or 2, and R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and either [0020] (i)
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; [0021] R.sub.6 is substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0022] (ii)
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0023] R.sub.7 is substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0024]
(iii) R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0025]
R.sub.6 is substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0026] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (I). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0027] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (I), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0028] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (I). In another embodiment are
pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (I). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0029] For any and all of the embodiments, substituents are
optionally selected from among from a subset of the listed
alternatives. For example, in some embodiments, L.sub.a is
CH.sub.2, O, or NH. In other embodiments, L.sub.a is O or NH. In
yet other embodiments, L.sub.a is O.
[0030] In some embodiments, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted
aryl. In yet other embodiments, Ar is a 6-membered aryl. In some
other embodiments, Ar is phenyl.
[0031] In some embodiments, x is 2. In yet other embodiments, Z is
C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x. In some other embodiments,
Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), or NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O).
[0032] In some embodiments Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, alkylenearylene, alkyleneheteroarylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene.
[0033] In some embodiments, Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O),
NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2, and
R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
[0034] In some embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; and R.sub.6
is H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In other
embodiments, R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; and R.sub.7 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In yet
further embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a
bond; and R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl).
[0035] In some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene.
[0036] In some embodiments, Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O),
NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2, and
R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
[0037] In some embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; and R.sub.6
is substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In other
embodiments, R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; and R.sub.7 is substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In further
embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; and
R.sub.6 is substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl).
[0038] Any combination of the groups described above for the
various variables is contemplated herein.
[0039] In one aspect, provided herein is a compound selected from
among:
(E)-4-(N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-methylamino)-1-(3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazo-
lo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)but-2-en-1-one (Compound 3);
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d-]pyrimidin-1-yl)--
3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 4);
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 5);
(E)-1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound 7);
(E)-N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-
-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide (Compound 8);
N-((1r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)acrylamide (Compound 10);
(E)-1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound
11);
(E)-1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound
12);
1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 13);
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 14);
1((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)me-
thyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 15);
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 16);
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 17);
(E)-N-((1,r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidi-
n-1-yl)cyclohexyl-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide (Compound 18);
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
-N-methylacrylamide (Compound 19);
(E)-1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)-4-
-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 20);
(E)-1-((S_-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound
21);
N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)but-2-ynamide (Compound 22);
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
acrylamide (Compound 23);
(E)-1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)piperidin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 24);
(E)-N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-
-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-4-morpholinobut-2-enamide (Compound 25).
[0040] In a further aspect are provided pharmaceutical
compositions, which include a therapeutically effective amount of
at least one of any of the compounds herein, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, pharmaceutically active metabolite,
pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvate. In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein
further include a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient
and/or binder.
[0041] Pharmaceutical compositions formulated for administration by
an appropriate route and means containing effective concentrations
of one or more of the compounds provided herein, or
pharmaceutically effective derivatives thereof, that deliver
amounts effective for the treatment, prevention, or amelioration of
one or more symptoms of diseases, disorders or conditions that are
modulated or otherwise affected by tyrosine kinase activity, or in
which tyrosine kinase activity is implicated, are provided. The
effective amounts and concentrations are effective for ameliorating
any of the symptoms of any of the diseases, disorders or conditions
disclosed herein.
[0042] In certain embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutical
composition containing: i) a physiologically acceptable carrier,
diluent, and/or excipient; and ii) one or more compounds provided
herein.
[0043] In one aspect, provided herein are methods for treating a
patient by administering a compound provided herein. In some
embodiments, provided herein is a method of inhibiting the activity
of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, or of treating a disease,
disorder, or condition, which benefit from inhibition of tyrosine
kinase(s), such as Btk, in a patient, which includes administering
to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one
of any of the compounds herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable
salt, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate.
[0044] In another aspect, provided herein is the use of a compound
disclosed herein for inhibiting Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
activity or for the treatment of a disease, disorder, or condition,
which benefit from inhibition of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
activity.
[0045] In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are
administered to a human. In some embodiments, compounds provided
herein are orally administered. In other embodiments, the
pharmaceutical formulation that is formulated for a route of
administration is selected from oral administration, parenteral
administration, buccal administration, nasal administration,
topical administration, or rectal administration.
[0046] In other embodiments, compounds provided herein are used for
the formulation of a medicament for the inhibition of tyrosine
kinase activity. In some other embodiments, compounds provided
herein are used for the formulation of a medicament for the
inhibition of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk) activity.
[0047] Articles of manufacture including packaging material, a
compound or composition or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative
thereof provided herein, which is effective for inhibiting the
activity of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, within the packaging
material, and a label that indicates that the compound or
composition, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically
active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or
pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, is used for inhibiting
the activity of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, are provided.
[0048] In another aspect are inhibited tyrosine kinases comprising
a Bruton's tyrosine kinase, a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog, or
a Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homolog thereof covalently bound to
an inhibitor having the structures:
##STR00002## ##STR00003##
[0049] wherein indicates the point of attachment between the
inhibitor and the tyrosine kinase. In a further embodiment, the
inhibitor is covalently bound to a cysteine residue on the tyrosine
kinase.
[0050] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating an autoimmune disease by administering to a subject in
need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective
amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of
Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6),
Formula (I), or Formula (VII). In one embodiment, the autoimmune
disease is arthritis. In another embodiment, the autoimmune disease
is lupus. In some embodiments, the autoimmune disease is
inflammatory bowel disease (including Crohn's disease and
ulcerative colitis), rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis,
osteoarthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, lupus,
diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's
thyroiditis, Graves' disease Sjogren's syndrome, multiple
sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute disseminated
encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus
syndrome, ankylosing spondylitisis, antiphospholipid antibody
syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, coeliac disease,
Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic
neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's
syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune
hemolytic anemia, Wegener's granulomatosis, psoriasis, alopecia
universalis, Behcet's disease, chronic fatigue, dysautonomia,
endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, neuromyotonia, scleroderma,
or vulvodynia.
[0051] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating a heteroimmune condition or disease by administering to a
subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically
effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of
any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula
(D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII). In some embodiments, the
heteroimmune condition or disease is graft versus host disease,
transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergy, type I
hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, or
atopic dermatitis.
[0052] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating an inflammatory disease by administering to a subject in
need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective
amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of
Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6),
Formula (I), or Formula (VII). In some embodiments, the
inflammatory disease is asthma, inflammatory bowel disease
(including Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), appendicitis,
blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis,
cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis,
dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis,
endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis,
epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis,
gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis,
mastitis, meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis,
oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis,
pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis,
pneumonitis, pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis,
rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis,
tendonitis, tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, or
vulvitis.
[0053] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating a cancer by administering to a subject in need thereof a
composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at
least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A1-A6),
Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or
Formula (VII). In one embodiment, the cancer is a B-cell
proliferative disorder, e.g., diffuse large B cell lymphoma,
follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, chronic
lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia,
lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic
marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma,
extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B
cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B
cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary
effusion lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma/leukemia, or lymphomatoid
granulomatosis. In some embodiments, where the subject is suffering
from a cancer, an anti-cancer agent is administered to the subject
in addition to one of the above-mentioned compounds. In one
embodiment, the anti-cancer agent is an inhibitor of
mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling, e.g., U0126, PD98059,
PD184352, PD0325901, ARRY-142886, SB239063, SP600125, BAY 43-9006,
wortmannin, or LY294002.
[0054] In another aspect, provided herein is a method for treating
a thromboembolic disorder by administering to a subject in need
thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount
of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula
(A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula
(I), or Formula (VII). In some embodiments, the thromboembolic
disorder is myocardial infarct, angina pectoris, reocclusion after
angioplasty, restenosis after angioplasty, reocclusion after
aortocoronary bypass, restenosis after aortocoronary bypass,
stroke, transitory ischemia, a peripheral arterial occlusive
disorder, pulmonary embolism, or deep venous thrombosis.
[0055] In another aspect, provided herein is a method for treating
a mastocytosis by administering to a subject in need thereof a
composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at
least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A1-A6),
Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or
Formula (VII).
[0056] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating a osteoporosis or bone resorption disorders by
administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing
a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having
the structure of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII).
[0057] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating lupus by administering to a subject in need thereof a
composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a
Bruton's tyrosine kinase or Bruton's tyrosine homolog. In one
embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated
form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or alternative
embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's
tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a further or
alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
[0058] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating a heteroimmune condition or disease by administering to a
subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase or Bruton's
tyrosine homolog. In one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent
bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In
further or alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly
inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently
bound. In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound forms a
covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine
kinase.
[0059] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating an inflammatory disease by administering to a subject in
need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine
sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase or Bruton's tyrosine
homolog. In one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound
with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or
alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the
Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a
further or alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent
bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
[0060] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma or
chronic lymphocytic leukemia by administering to a subject in need
thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount
of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain
of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase or Bruton's tyrosine homolog. In one
embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated
form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or alternative
embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's
tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a further or
alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
[0061] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating mastocytosis by administering to a subject in need thereof
a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a
Bruton's tyrosine kinase or Bruton's tyrosine homolog. In one
embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated
form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or alternative
embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's
tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a further or
alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
[0062] In another aspect, provided herein is a method for treating
a osteoporosis or bone resorption disorders by administering to a
subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase or Bruton's
tyrosine homolog. In one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent
bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In
further or alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly
inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently
bound. In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound forms a
covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine
kinase.
[0063] Further described herein are methods, assays and systems for
identifying an irreversible inhibitor of a kinase, including a
protein kinase, further including a tyrosine kinase. Further
described are methods, assays and systems for determining an
appropriate irreversible inhibitor of a kinase, including a
tyrosine kinase, in which the inhibitor forms a covalent bond with
a cysteine residue on the kinase, further wherein the cysteine
residue is near an active site of the kinase. In further
embodiments, the inhibitor also has a moiety that binds an active
site of the kinase. In some embodiments, the kinases share homology
with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue)
that forms a covalent bond with the irreversible inhibitor (such
tyrosine kinases, are referred herein as "Btk kinase cysteine
homologs"). In some embodiments the Btk kinase cysteine homolog(s)
are selected from the Tec family of kinases, the EGFR family of
kinases, the Jak3 family of kinases and/or the Btk-Src family of
kinases.
[0064] In some embodiments, the irreversible inhibitor is a
selective irreversible inhibitor, including selectivity for a
particular Btk kinase cysteine homolog over other Btk kinase
cysteine homologs. In some embodiments the selective and
irreversible inhibitor is an effective inhibitor for a kinase
selected from Btk, a Btk homolog or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog,
but is not an effective inhibitor for at least one other different
kinase selected from kinase selected from Btk, a Btk homolog or a
Btk kinase cysteine homolog.
[0065] Also described herein are kinase inhibitors that selectively
and irreversibly bind to a protein tyrosine kinase selected from
Btk, a Btk homolog, and a Btk kinase cysteine homolog, in which the
kinase inhibitor reversibly and non-selectively binds to a
multiplicity of protein tyrosine kinases. In one embodiment the
plasma half life of the kinase inhibitor is less than about 4
hours. In another embodiment the plasma half life of the kinase
inhibitor is less than about 3 hours.
[0066] In a further embodiment are kinase inhibitors that
selectively and irreversibly bind to at least one of Btk, Jak3,
Blk, Bmx, Tec, and Itk. In another embodiment are kinase inhibitors
that selectively and irreversibly bind to Btk. In another
embodiment are kinase inhibitors that selectively and irreversibly
bind to Jak3. In another embodiment are kinase inhibitors that
selectively and irreversibly bind to Tec. In another embodiment are
kinase inhibitors that selectively and irreversibly bind to Itk. In
another embodiment are kinase inhibitors that selectively and
irreversibly bind to Btk and Tec. In another embodiment are kinase
inhibitors that selectively and irreversibly bind to Blk. In yet a
further embodiment are kinase inhibitors that reversibly and
non-selectively bind to a multiplicity of src-family protein kinase
inhibitors.
[0067] Also described herein are irreversible inhibitors that are
identified using such methods, assays and systems. Such
irreversible inhibitor comprise an active site binding moiety that
binds to an active site of a kinase, including a tyrosine kinase,
further including a Btk kinase cysteine homolog; a Michael acceptor
moiety; and a moiety that links the active site binding moiety to
the Michael acceptor moiety. In some embodiments, the Michael
acceptor moiety comprises and alkene and/or an alkyne moiety. In
some embodiments, the irreversible inhibitor is a selective
irreversible inhibitor, including selectivity for a particular Btk
kinase cysteine homolog over other Btk kinase cysteine
homologs.
[0068] In any of the aforementioned embodiments, the irreversible
inhibitors have the structure of Formula (VII):
##STR00004##
[0069] wherein: [0070] wherein is a moiety that binds to the active
site of a kinase, including a tyrosine kinase, further including a
Btk kinase cysteine homolog; [0071] Y is an optionally substituted
group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0072] Z is C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), C(.dbd.S), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; [0073]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl; or [0074] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
taken together form a bond; [0075] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and [0076]
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0077] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (VII). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0078] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (VII), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0079] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (VII). In another embodiment are
pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (VII). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0080] In some embodiments, is a substituted fused biaryl moiety
selected from
##STR00005##
[0081] In some embodiments Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O),
NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), or S(.dbd.O).sub.2. In other embodiments, x is
2. In yet other embodiments, Z is C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), S(.dbd.O).sub.x, OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, or
NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x. In some other embodiments, Z is C(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), or S(.dbd.O).sub.2.
[0082] In some embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently
selected from among H, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together
form a bond. In yet other embodiments, each of R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
is H; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond.
[0083] In some embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In some
other embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.2alkyl-N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In yet other
embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, --CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl). In yet other embodiments, R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
--CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylamino),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl). In some embodiments, R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
--CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl containing 1 or 2 N atoms), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1
or 2 N atoms).
[0084] In some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, cycloalkylene, and
heterocycloalkylene. In other embodiments, Y is an optionally
substituted group selected from among C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered
cycloalkylene, and 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkylene.
In yet other embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 5- or 6-membered cycloalkylene, and
5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In
some other embodiments, Y is a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkylene, or a
5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In
some embodiments, Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycloalkylene
ring; or Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkylene
ring.
[0085] Any combination of the groups described above for the
various variables is contemplated herein.
[0086] In any of the aforementioned methods, assays and systems:
such methods, assays and systems comprise a multiplicity of test
irreversible inhibitors, in which the test irreversible inhibitors
each have the same moiety, but differ in at least one of Y, Z,
R.sub.6, R.sub.7, or R.sub.8. In further embodiments, the
multiplicity of test irreversible inhibitors is a panel of test
irreversible inhibitors. In further embodiments, the binding of the
panel of test irreversible inhibitors to at least one kinase is
determined (including a panel of kinases, further including a panel
of kinases selected from Btk, Btk homologs, and Btk kinase cysteine
homologs). In further embodiments, the determined binding data is
used to select and/or further design a selective irreversible
inhibitor.
[0087] Irreversible inhibitors described herein include those that
have a structure of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6),
Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII),
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, acids and
prodrugs thereof. In certain embodiments, isomers and chemically
protected forms of compounds having a structure represented by any
of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula
(D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), are also provided.
[0088] In one aspect, provided herein is an irreversible inhibitor
compound selected from among:
1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)but-2-en-1-one;
1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)sulfonylethene;
1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)prop-2-yn-1-one;
1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)acrylamide;
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)py-
rrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
1-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)py-
rrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
1-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one; and
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one;
(E)-4-(N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-methylamino)-1-(3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazo-
lo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)but-2-en-1-one (Compound 3);
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)-3-
-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 4);
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 5);
(E)-1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound 7);
(E)-N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-
-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide (Compound 8);
N-((1r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)acrylamide (Compound 10);
(E)-1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound
11);
(E)-1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound
12);
1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 13);
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 14);
1((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)me-
thyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 15);
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 16);
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 17);
(E)-N-((1,r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidi-
n-1-yl)cyclohexyl-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide (Compound 18);
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
-N-methylacrylamide (Compound 19);
(E)-1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)-4-
-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 20);
(E)-1-((S_-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound
21);
N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)but-2-ynamide (Compound 22);
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
acrylamide (Compound 23);
(E)-1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)piperidin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 24);
(E)-N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-
-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-4-morpholinobut-2-enamide (Compound 25).
[0089] Further described herein are pharmaceutical formulations
comprising the kinase inhibitors of any kinase inhibitor compound
previously listed. In one embodiment the pharmaceutical formulation
includes a pharmaceutical acceptable excipient. In some
embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations provided herein are
administered to a human. In some embodiments, the irreversible
and/or selective kinase inhibitors provided herein are orally
administered. In other embodiments, the irreversible and/or
selective kinase inhibitors provided herein are used for the
formulation of a medicament for the inhibition of tyrosine kinase
activity. In some other embodiments, the irreversible and/or
selective kinase inhibitors provided herein are used for the
formulation of a medicament for the inhibition of a kinase
activity, including a tyrosine kinase activity, including a Btk
activity, including a Btk homolog activity, including a Btk kinase
cysteine homolog activity.
[0090] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments
in which administration is enteral, parenteral, or both, and
wherein (a) the effective amount of the compound is systemically
administered to the mammal; (b) the effective amount of the
compound is administered orally to the mammal; (c) the effective
amount of the compound is intravenously administered to the mammal;
(d) the effective amount of the compound administered by
inhalation; (e) the effective amount of the compound is
administered by nasal administration; or (f) the effective amount
of the compound is administered by injection to the mammal; (g) the
effective amount of the compound is administered topically (dermal)
to the mammal; (h) the effective amount of the compound is
administered by ophthalmic administration; or (i) the effective
amount of the compound is administered rectally to the mammal. In
further embodiments the pharmaceutical formulation is formulated
for a route of administration selected from oral administration,
parenteral administration, buccal administration, nasal
administration, topical administration, or rectal
administration.
[0091] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments
comprising single administrations of the effective amount of the
pharmaceutical formulation, including further embodiments in which
(i) the pharmaceutical formulations is administered once; (ii) the
pharmaceutical formulations is administered to the mammal once a
day; (iii) the pharmaceutical formulations is administered to the
mammal multiple times over the span of one day; (iv) continually;
or (v) continuously.
[0092] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments
comprising multiple administrations of the effective amount of the
pharmaceutical formulations, including further embodiments in which
(i) the pharmaceutical formulations is administered in a single
dose; (ii) the time between multiple administrations is every 6
hours; (iii) the pharmaceutical formulations is administered to the
mammal every 8 hours. In further or alternative embodiments, the
method comprises a drug holiday, wherein the administration of the
pharmaceutical formulations is temporarily suspended or the dose of
the pharmaceutical formulations being administered is temporarily
reduced; at the end of the drug holiday, dosing of the
pharmaceutical formulations is resumed. The length of the drug
holiday varies from 2 days to 1 year.
[0093] Further described herein is a method for increasing the
selectivity of a test protein kinase inhibitor that irreversibly
and selectively binds to at least one protein kinase inhibitor
selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog.
In one embodiment the test protein tyrosine kinase inhibitor is
chemically modified to decrease the plasma half life to less than
about 4 hours. In another embodiment the test protein tyrosine
kinase inhibitor is chemically modified to decrease the plasma half
life to about 3 hours. In yet another embodiment the test protein
tyrosine kinase inhibitor non-selectively and reversibly binds to a
multiplicity of src-family protein tyrosine kinases.
[0094] In one embodiment the test protein kinase inhibitor has the
structure of Formula (VII):
##STR00006##
wherein: [0095] wherein is a moiety that binds to the active site
of a kinase, including a tyrosine kinase, further including a Btk
kinase cysteine homolog; [0096] Y is an optionally substituted
group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0097] Z is C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), C(.dbd.S), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; [0098]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl; or [0099] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
taken together form a bond; [0100] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and [0101]
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0102] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating a B-cell proliferative disorder or a mast cell
proliferative disorder by administering to a subject in need
thereof a test protein kinase inhibitor composition containing a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a
covalent bond (including an irreversible and/or selective covalent
bond) with Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In
one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the
activated form of Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog. In further or alternative embodiments, the compound
irreversibly inhibits Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog to which it is covalently bound. In a further or
alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond
(including an irreversible and/or selective covalent bond) with a
cysteine residue on Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog.
[0103] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating rheumatoid arthritis by administering to a subject in need
thereof a test protein kinase inhibitor composition containing a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a
covalent bond (including an irreversible and/or selective covalent
bond) with Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In
one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the
activated form of Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog. In further or alternative embodiments, the compound
irreversibly inhibits Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog to which it is covalently bound. In a further or
alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond
(including an irreversible and/or selective covalent bond) with a
cysteine residue on Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog.
[0104] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating a disease characterized by hyperactive B-cells or
hyperactive mast cells or both hyperactive B-cells and hyperactive
mast cells by administering to a subject in need thereof a test
protein kinase inhibitor composition containing a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond
(including an irreversible and/or selective covalent bond) with
Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In one
embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated
form of Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In
further or alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly
inhibits Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog to
which it is covalently bound. In a further or alternative
embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond (including an
irreversible and/or selective covalent bond) with a cysteine
residue on Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog.
[0105] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments
comprising single administrations of the effective amount of the
pharmaceutical formulation, including further embodiments in which
(i) the pharmaceutical formulations is administered once; (ii) the
pharmaceutical formulations is administered to the mammal once a
day; (iii) the pharmaceutical formulations is administered to the
mammal multiple times over the span of one day; (iv) continually;
or (v) continuously.
[0106] Also described herein is a method of identifying an
irreversible inhibitor of a kinase selected from Btk, a Btk
homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog comprising: [0107] (1)
contacting a multiplicity of kinases selected from Btk, a Btk
homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog with a compound that
comprises a Michael acceptor moiety; [0108] (2) contacting at least
one non-kinase molecule having at least one accessible SH group
with the compound that comprises a Michael acceptor moiety; and
[0109] (3) determining the covalent binding of the compound that
comprises a Michael acceptor with the multiplicity of kinases and
the at least one non-kinase molecule; and [0110] repeating steps
(1), (2), and (3) for at least one other compound that comprises a
Michael acceptor moiety.
[0111] Further described herein is a method of identifying an
irreversible inhibitor of a kinase selected from Btk, a Btk
homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog comprising: [0112] (1)
contacting a multiplicity of kinases selected from Btk, a Btk
homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog with a compound that
comprises a Michael acceptor moiety; [0113] (2) contacting at least
one non-kinase molecule having at least one accessible SH group
with the compound that comprises a Michael acceptor moiety; and
[0114] (3) determining the covalent binding of the compound that
comprises a Michael acceptor with the multiplicity of kinases and
the at least one non-kinase molecule; and repeating steps (1), (2),
and (3) for at least one other compound that comprises a Michael
acceptor moiety; and [0115] (4) comparing the covalent binding of
the compound that comprises a Michael acceptor with the
multiplicity of kinases and the at least one non-kinase molecule;
and repeating steps (1), (2), (3) and (4) for at least one other
compound that comprises a Michael acceptor moiety.
[0116] In one embodiment the at least one non-kinase molecule
having at least one accessible SH group includes glutathione and/or
hemoglobin. In another embodiment the desired irreversible
inhibitor is selective for a particular kinase relative to other
kinases, glutathione and hemoglobin.
[0117] In some embodiments, the methods, assays and systems for
identifying an irreversible inhibitor of a kinase comprise
contacting each kinase with an Activity Probe. In further
embodiments, the methods, assays and systems for identifying an
irreversible inhibitor of a kinase further comprise a panel of
kinases comprising at least two kinases selected from Btk, a Btk
homolog, and a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In further embodiments,
the panel of kinases comprises at least three such kinases, at
least four such kinases, at least five such kinases, at least six
such kinases, at least seven such kinases, at least eight such
kinases, at least nine such kinases, or at least ten such
kinases.
[0118] In one embodiment steps (1) and (2) of the method of
identifying an irreversible inhibitor of a kinase selected from
Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog is conducted
in vivo. In another embodiment step (3) of the method of
identifying an irreversible inhibitor of a kinase selected from
Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog is conducted
in part using an Activity Probe.
[0119] In one embodiment, contacting a multiplicity of kinases
selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog
with a compound that comprises a Michael acceptor moiety is
conducted in vivo. In another embodiment contacting at least one
non-kinase molecule having at least one accessible SH group with
the compound that comprises a Michael acceptor moiety is conducted
in vivo. In a further embodiment determining the covalent binding
of the compound that comprises a Michael acceptor with the
multiplicity of kinases and the at least one non-kinase molecule is
conducted in part using an Activity Probe. In a further embodiment
the determining step uses mass spectrometry. In yet further
embodiments the determining step uses fluorescence.
[0120] In further embodiments of methods and assays for identifying
an irreversible inhibitor of a kinase, including a protein kinase,
including a tyrosine kinase, a panel of kinases is contacted with
at least one irreversible inhibitor. In a further embodiment, the
panel of kinases is also contacted with an Activity Probe. In a
further embodiment, the binding of an irreversible inhibitor to a
kinase is determined from the binding of the Activity Probe to the
kinase. In a further embodiment, the binding of the Activity Probe
to a kinase is determined using fluorescence technique. In further
or alternative methods and assays, the Activity Probe is compatible
with flow cytometery. In further embodiments, the binding of the
irreversible inhibitor to one kinase is compared to the binding of
the irreversible inhibitor to at least one other kinase. In any of
the aforementioned embodiments, the panel of kinases is selected
from Btk, Btk homologs, and Btk kinase cysteine homologs. In a
further or alternative embodiment, the binding of an irreversible
inhibitor to a kinase is determined by mass spectrometry.
[0121] Also described herein are activity probes of Bruton's
tyrosine kinase (Btk), Btk homologs, and Btk kinase cysteine
homologs (collectively "Activity Probes"). Further described are
Activity Probes that include an irreversible inhibitor of Btk, a
Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog; a linker moiety;
and a reporter moiety. Further described are Activity Probes that
include a Michael addition acceptor moiety in the structure of the
Activity Probe. Further described are Activity Probes that form a
covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Btk, a Btk homolog and/or
a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. Also described herein are Activity
Probes that form a non-covalent bond with a cysteine residue on
Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. Also
described herein are methods for synthesizing such Activity Probes,
methods for using such Activity Probes in the study of the activity
of Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog, methods
for using such Activity Probes in the study of inhibitors
(including the development of new inhibitors) of Btk, a Btk homolog
and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog, and methods for using such
Activity Probes in the study of the pharmacodynamics of inhibitors
of Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog.
[0122] In one embodiment are Activity Probes wherein the linker
moiety is selected from a bond, an optionally substituted alkyl
moiety, an optionally substituted heterocycle moiety, an optionally
substituted amide moiety, a ketone moiety, an optionally
substituted carbamate moiety, an ester moiety, or a combination
thereof. In another embodiment are Activity Probes wherein the
linker moiety comprises an optionally substituted heterocycle
moiety. In a further embodiment are Activity Probes wherein the
optionally substituted heterocycle moiety comprises a
piperazinyl-based moiety.
[0123] Also described herein are Activity Probes wherein the
reporter moiety is selected from the group consisting of a label, a
dye, a photocrosslinker, a cytotoxic compound, a drug, an affinity
label, a photoaffinity label, a reactive compound, an antibody or
antibody fragment, a biomaterial, a nanoparticle, a spin label, a
fluorophore, a metal-containing moiety, a radioactive moiety, a
novel functional group, a group that covalently or noncovalently
interacts with other molecules, a photocaged moiety, an actinic
radiation excitable moiety, a ligand, a photoisomerizable moiety,
biotin, a biotin analogue, a moiety incorporating a heavy atom, a
chemically cleavable group, a photocleavable group, a redox-active
agent, an isotopically labeled moiety, a biophysical probe, a
phosphorescent group, a chemiluminescent group, an electron dense
group, a magnetic group, an intercalating group, a chromophore, an
energy transfer agent, a biologically active agent, a detectable
label, or a combination thereof. In another embodiment are Activity
Probes wherein the reporter moiety is a fluorophore. In yet another
embodiment are Activity Probes wherein the fluorophore is a Bodipy
fluorophore. In yet a further embodiment are Activity Probes
wherein the Bodipy fluorophore is a Bodipy FL fluorophore.
[0124] Presented herein are Activity Probes wherein the inhibitor
moiety is derived from an irreversible inhibitor of Btk, a Btk
homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In one embodiment,
are Activity Probes wherein the irreversible inhibitor is:
##STR00007##
[0125] In another embodiment are Activity Probes having the
structure:
##STR00008##
[0126] In a further embodiment are Activity Probes wherein the
probe selectively labels a phosphorylated conformation of Btk, a
Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In another
embodiment are Activity Probes wherein the phosphorylated
conformation of Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog is either an active or inactive form of Btk, a Btk homolog
and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In a further embodiment are
Activity Probes wherein the phosphorylated conformation of Btk, a
Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog is an active form
of Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In one
embodiment are Activity Probes of wherein the probe is cell
permeable.
[0127] In one aspect is a method for assessing the efficacy of a
potential Btk, Btk homolog and/or Btk kinase cysteine homolog
inhibitor in a mammal, comprising administering a potential Btk,
Btk homolog and/or Btk kinase cysteine homolog inhibitor to the
mammal, administering the Activity Probe described herein to the
mammal or to cells isolated from the mammal; measuring the activity
of the reporter moiety of the Activity Probe, and comparing the
activity of the reporter moiety to a standard.
[0128] In another aspect is a method for assessing the
pharmacodynamics of a Btk, Btk homolog and/or Btk kinase cysteine
homolog inhibitor in a mammal, comprising administering a Btk, Btk
homolog and/or Btk kinase cysteine homolog inhibitor to the mammal,
administering the Activity Probe presented herein to the mammal or
to cells isolated from the mammal, and measuring the activity of
the reporter moiety of the Activity Probe at different time points
following the administration of the inhibitor.
[0129] In a further aspect is a method for in vitro labeling of
Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog comprising
contacting an active Btk, Btk homolog and/or Btk kinase cysteine
homolog with the Activity Probe described herein. In one embodiment
is a method for in vitro labeling of Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a
Btk kinase cysteine homolog wherein the contacting step comprises
incubating the active Btk, Btk homolog and/or Btk kinase cysteine
homolog with the Activity Probe presented herein.
[0130] In another aspect is a method for in vitro labeling of Btk,
a Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog comprising
contacting cells or tissues expressing the Btk, Btk homolog and/or
Btk kinase cysteine homolog with an Activity Probe described
herein.
[0131] In one aspect is a method for detecting a labeled Btk, Btk
homolog and/or Btk kinase cysteine homolog comprising separating
proteins, the proteins comprising Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a Btk
kinase cysteine homolog labeled by an Activity Probe described
herein, by electrophoresis and detecting the Activity Probe by
fluorescence.
[0132] In further embodiments the irreversible inhibitor of a
kinase further comprises an active site binding moiety. In yet
further embodiments the irreversible inhibitor of a kinase further
comprises a linker moiety that links the Michael acceptor moiety to
the active binding moiety.
[0133] In one embodiment the irreversible inhibitor of a kinase has
the structure of Formula (VII):
##STR00009##
wherein: [0134] wherein is a moiety that binds to the active site
of a kinase, including a tyrosine kinase, further including a Btk
kinase cysteine homolog; [0135] Y is an optionally substituted
group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0136] Z is C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), C(.dbd.S), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; [0137]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl; or [0138] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
taken together form a bond; [0139] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and [0140]
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0141] In one embodiment the method of identifying an irreversible
inhibitor of a kinase selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk
kinase cysteine homolog comprising steps (1), (2), (3), and (4)
further comprises analyzing the structure-function activity
relationship between the structure of the linker moiety and/or the
Michael acceptor moiety of each compound, and the binding and/or
selectivity of each compound to at least one kinase. In another
embodiment the method of identifying an irreversible inhibitor of a
kinase selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog comprising steps (1), (2), (3), and (4) further comprises
analyzing the structure-function activity relationship between the
structure of Y--Z and/or
##STR00010##
of each compound, and the binding and/or selectivity of each
compound to at least one kinase.
[0142] In one embodiment the structure of the active site binding
moiety of each compound is not varied. In another embodiment the
structure of of each compound is not varied.
[0143] Also described herein is a method for improving the kinase
selectivity of an inhibitor comprising use of any method previously
listed.
[0144] One aspect described herein is an assay comprising any of
the methods previously listed. Another aspect described herein is
system comprising any of the methods previously listed. In a
further aspect described herein is an irreversible inhibitor of a
kinase selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, and a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog, wherein the inhibitor is identified using any methods
described herein.
[0145] In some aspects described herein the irreversible inhibitor
is selective for one kinase selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, and a
Btk kinase cysteine homolog over at least one other kinase selected
from Btk, a Btk homolog, and a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In
other aspects described herein the irreversible inhibitor is
selective for at least one kinase selected from Btk, a Btk homolog,
and a Btk kinase cysteine homolog over at least one other
non-kinase molecule having an accessible SH group.
[0146] In certain embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutical
composition containing: i) a physiologically acceptable carrier,
diluent, and/or excipient; and ii) one or more compounds provided
herein.
[0147] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating an autoimmune disease or condition comprising
administering to a patient in need thereof a composition containing
a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a
covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine
kinase or Bruton's tyrosine homolog. In one embodiment the
autoimmune disease is selected from rheumatoid arthritis or
lupus.
[0148] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating a B-cell proliferative disorder comprising administering
to a patient in need thereof a composition containing a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a
covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine
kinase or Bruton's tyrosine homolog. In one embodiment the B-cell
proliferative disorder is diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular
lymphoma or chronic lymphocytic leukemia.
[0149] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for
treating an inflammatory disease or condition comprising
administering to a patient in need thereof a composition containing
a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a
covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine
kinase or Bruton's tyrosine homolog.
[0150] Also described herein are methods to identify biomarkers for
patient selection or patient monitoring prior to or during
treatment with any kinase inhibitor compound described herein. In
one embodiment, a patient that has lymphoma is administered a
pharmaceutical composition of any kinase inhibitor compound
described herein which inhibits B cell receptor (BCR) signaling. In
another embodiment, the inhibition of the BCR signaling by any
kinase inhibitor compound described herein is correlated with the
induction of apoptosis. In another embodiment, a patient with
lymphoma is selected for treatment with a pharmaceutical
composition of any kinase inhibitor compound described herein based
on a biomarker that indicates that the lymphoma in that patient has
high levels of pErk or Erk transcriptional targets. In another
embodiment, the response to treatment with a pharmaceutical
composition of any kinase inhibitor compound described herein is
measured by a reduction in levels of pErk or Erk transcriptional
targets.
[0151] Other objects, features and advantages of the methods and
compositions described herein will become apparent from the
following detailed description. It should be understood, however,
that the detailed description and the specific examples, while
indicating specific embodiments, are given by way of illustration
only. The section headings used herein are for organizational
purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject
matter described.
Certain Terminology
[0152] It is to be understood that the foregoing general
description and the following detailed description are exemplary
and explanatory only and are not restrictive of any subject matter
claimed. In this application, the use of the singular includes the
plural unless specifically stated otherwise. It must be noted that,
as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular
forms "a," "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the
context clearly dictates otherwise. In this application, the use of
"or" means "and/or" unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of
the term "including" as well as other forms, such as "include",
"includes," and "included," is not limiting.
[0153] Definition of standard chemistry terms are found in
reference works, including Carey and Sundberg "ADVANCED ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY 4.sup.TH ED." Vols. A (2000) and B (2001), Plenum Press,
New York. Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass
spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry,
recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology, within the skill of
the art are employed. Unless specific definitions are provided, the
nomenclature employed in connection with, and the laboratory
procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic
organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry
described herein are those known in the art. Standard techniques
are optionally used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses,
pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and
treatment of patients. Standard techniques are optionally used for
recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and
transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection). Reactions and
purification techniques are performed using documented
methodologies or as described herein.
[0154] It is to be understood that the methods and compositions
described herein are not limited to the particular methodology,
protocols, cell lines, constructs, and reagents described herein
and as such optionally vary. It is also to be understood that the
terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular
embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the
methods and compositions described herein, which will be limited
only by the appended claims.
[0155] Unless stated otherwise, the terms used for complex moieties
(i.e., multiple chains of moieties) are to be read equivalently
either from left to right or right to left. For example, the group
alkylenecycloalkylene refers both to an alkylene group followed by
a cycloalkylene group or as a cycloalkylene group followed by an
alkylene group.
[0156] The suffix "ene" appended to a group indicates that such a
group is a diradical. By way of example only, a methylene is a
diradical of a methyl group, that is, it is a --CH.sub.2-- group;
and an ethylene is a diradical of an ethyl group, i.e.,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--.
[0157] An "alkyl" group refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
The alkyl moiety includes a "saturated alkyl" group, which means
that it does not contain any alkene or alkyne moieties. The alkyl
moiety also includes an "unsaturated alkyl" moiety, which means
that it contains at least one alkene or alkyne moiety. An "alkene"
moiety refers to a group that has at least one carbon-carbon double
bond, and an "alkyne" moiety refers to a group that has at least
one carbon-carbon triple bond. The alkyl moiety, whether saturated
or unsaturated, includes branched, straight chain, or cyclic
moieties. Depending on the structure, an alkyl group includes a
monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkylene group), and if a
"lower alkyl" having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
[0158] As used herein, C.sub.1-C.sub.x, includes C.sub.1-C.sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.3 . . . C.sub.1-C.sub.x.
[0159] The "alkyl" moiety optionally has 1 to 10 carbon atoms
(whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "1 to 10"
refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 10 carbon
atoms" means that the alkyl group is selected from a moiety having
1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and
including 10 carbon atoms, although the present definition also
covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl" where no numerical range
is designated). The alkyl group of the compounds described herein
may be designated as "C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl" or similar
designations. By way of example only, "C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl"
indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl
chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from among methyl, ethyl,
propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
Thus C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl includes C.sub.1-C.sub.2 alkyl and
C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkyl. Alkyl groups are optionally substituted or
unsubstituted. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way
limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl,
tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl,
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
[0160] The term "alkenyl" refers to a type of alkyl group in which
the first two atoms of the alkyl group form a double bond that is
not part of an aromatic group. That is, an alkenyl group begins
with the atoms --C(R).dbd.C(R)--R, wherein R refers to the
remaining portions of the alkenyl group, which are either the same
or different. The alkenyl moiety is optionally branched, straight
chain, or cyclic (in which case, it is also known as a
"cycloalkenyl" group). Depending on the structure, an alkenyl group
includes a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkenylene group).
Alkenyl groups are optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples of
an alkenyl group include --CH.dbd.CH.sub.2,
--C(CH.sub.3).dbd.CH.sub.2, --CH.dbd.CHCH.sub.3,
--C(CH.sub.3).dbd.CHCH.sub.3. Alkenylene groups include, but are
not limited to, --CH.dbd.CH--, --C(CH.sub.3).dbd.CH--,
--CH.dbd.CHCH.sub.2--, --CH.dbd.CHCH.sub.2CH.sub.2-- and
--C(CH.sub.3).dbd.CHCH.sub.2--. Alkenyl groups optionally have 2 to
10 carbons, and if a "lower alkenyl" having 2 to 6 carbon
atoms.
[0161] The term "alkynyl" refers to a type of alkyl group in which
the first two atoms of the alkyl group form a triple bond. That is,
an alkynyl group begins with the atoms --C.ident.C--R, wherein R
refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group, which is
either the same or different. The "R" portion of the alkynyl moiety
may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic. Depending on the
structure, an alkynyl group includes a monoradical or a diradical
(i.e., an alkynylene group). Alkynyl groups are optionally
substituted. Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include, but
are not limited to, --C.ident.CH, --C.ident.CCH.sub.3,
--C.ident.CCH.sub.2CH.sub.3, --C.ident.C--, and
--C.ident.CCH.sub.2--. Alkynyl groups optionally have 2 to 10
carbons, and if a "lower alkynyl" having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
[0162] An "alkoxy" group refers to a (alkyl)O-- group, where alkyl
is as defined herein.
[0163] "Hydroxyalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined
herein, substituted with at least one hydroxy group. Non-limiting
examples of a hydroxyalkyl include, but are not limited to,
hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl,
1-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methylpropyl, 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl,
4-hydroxybutyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl,
1-(hydroxymethyl)-2-hydroxyethyl, 2,3-dihydroxybutyl,
3,4-dihydroxybutyl and 2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypropyl.
[0164] "Alkoxyalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined herein,
substituted with an alkoxy group, as defined herein.
[0165] The term "alkylamine" refers to the --N(alkyl).sub.xH.sub.y
group, where x and y are selected from among x=1, y=1 and x=2, y=0.
When x=2, the alkyl groups, taken together with the N atom to which
they are attached, can optionally form a cyclic ring system.
[0166] "Alkylaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined
herein, substituted with an alkylamine, as defined herein.
[0167] "Hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as
defined herein, substituted with an alkylamine, and alkylhydroxy,
as defined herein.
[0168] "Alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as
defined herein, substituted with an alkylamine and substituted with
an alkylalkoxy, as defined herein.
[0169] An "amide" is a chemical moiety with the formula --C(O)NHR
or --NHC(O)R, where R is selected from among alkyl, cycloalkyl,
aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic
(bonded through a ring carbon). In some embodiments, an amide
moiety forms a linkage between an amino acid or a peptide molecule
and a compound described herein, thereby forming a prodrug. Any
amine, or carboxyl side chain on the compounds described herein can
be amidified. The procedures and specific groups to make such
amides are found in sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective
Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3.sup.rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons,
New York, N.Y., 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference for
this disclosure.
[0170] The term "ester" refers to a chemical moiety with formula
--COOR, where R is selected from among alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl,
heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic
(bonded through a ring carbon). Any hydroxy, or carboxyl side chain
on the compounds described herein can be esterified. The procedures
and specific groups to make such esters are found in sources such
as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,
3.sup.rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999, which is
incorporated herein by reference for this disclosure.
[0171] As used herein, the term "ring" refers to any covalently
closed structure. Rings include, for example, carbocycles (e.g.,
aryls and cycloalkyls), heterocycles (e.g., heteroaryls and
non-aromatic heterocycles), aromatics (e.g. aryls and heteroaryls),
and non-aromatics (e.g., cycloalkyls and non-aromatic
heterocycles). Rings can be optionally substituted. Rings can be
monocyclic or polycyclic.
[0172] As used herein, the term "ring system" refers to one, or
more than one ring.
[0173] The term "membered ring" can embrace any cyclic structure.
The term "membered" is meant to denote the number of skeletal atoms
that constitute the ring. Thus, for example, cyclohexyl, pyridine,
pyran and thiopyran are 6-membered rings and cyclopentyl, pyrrole,
furan, and thiophene are 5-membered rings.
[0174] The term "fused" refers to structures in which two or more
rings share one or more bonds.
[0175] The term "carbocyclic" or "carbocycle" refers to a ring
wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom.
Carbocycle includes aryl and cycloalkyl. The term thus
distinguishes carbocycle from heterocycle ("heterocyclic") in which
the ring backbone contains at least one atom which is different
from carbon (i.e a heteroatom). Heterocycle includes heteroaryl and
heterocycloalkyl. Carbocycles and heterocycles can be optionally
substituted.
[0176] The term "aromatic" refers to a planar ring having a
delocalized .pi.-electron system containing 4n+2 .pi. electrons,
where n is an integer. Aromatic rings can be formed from five, six,
seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Aromatics can be
optionally substituted. The term "aromatic" includes both
carbocyclic aryl (e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aryl (or
"heteroaryl" or "heteroaromatic") groups (e.g., pyridine). The term
includes monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which
share adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) groups.
[0177] As used herein, the term "aryl" refers to an aromatic ring
wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Aryl
rings can be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than
nine carbon atoms. Aryl groups can be optionally substituted.
Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl,
naphthalenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, and indenyl.
Depending on the structure, an aryl group can be a monoradical or a
diradical (i.e., an arylene group).
[0178] An "aryloxy" group refers to an (aryl)O-- group, where aryl
is as defined herein.
[0179] The term "carbonyl" as used herein refers to a group
containing a moiety selected from the group consisting of --C(O)--,
--S(O)--, --S(O)2-, and --C(S)--, including, but not limited to,
groups containing a least one ketone group, and/or at least one
aldehyde group, and/or at least one ester group, and/or at least
one carboxylic acid group, and/or at least one thioester group.
Such carbonyl groups include ketones, aldehydes, carboxylic acids,
esters, and thioesters. In some embodiments, such groups are a part
of linear, branched, or cyclic molecules.
[0180] The term "cycloalkyl" refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic
radical that contains only carbon and hydrogen, and is optionally
saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated. Cycloalkyl
groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms. Illustrative
examples of cycloalkyl groups include the following moieties:
##STR00011##
and the like. Depending on the structure, a cycloalkyl group is
either a monoradical or a diradical (e.g., an cycloalkylene group),
and if a "lower cycloalkyl" having 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
[0181] "Cycloalkylalkyl" means an alkyl radical, as defined herein,
substituted with a cycloalkyl group. Non-limiting cycloalkylalkyl
groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl,
cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, and the like.
[0182] The term "heterocycle" refers to heteroaromatic and
heteroalicyclic groups containing one to four heteroatoms each
selected from O, S and N, wherein each heterocyclic group has from
4 to 10 atoms in its ring system, and with the proviso that the
ring of said group does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms.
Herein, whenever the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycle is
indicated (e.g., C.sub.1-C.sub.6 heterocycle), at least one other
atom (the heteroatom) must be present in the ring. Designations
such as "C.sub.1-C.sub.6 heterocycle" refer only to the number of
carbon atoms in the ring and do not refer to the total number of
atoms in the ring. It is understood that the heterocylic ring can
have additional heteroatoms in the ring. Designations such as "4-6
membered heterocycle" refer to the total number of atoms that are
contained in the ring (i.e., a four, five, or six membered ring, in
which at least one atom is a carbon atom, at least one atom is a
heteroatom and the remaining two to four atoms are either carbon
atoms or heteroatoms). In heterocycles that have two or more
heteroatoms, those two or more heteroatoms can be the same or
different from one another. Heterocycles can be optionally
substituted. Binding to a heterocycle can be at a heteroatom or via
a carbon atom. Non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include groups
having only 4 atoms in their ring system, but aromatic heterocyclic
groups must have at least 5 atoms in their ring system. The
heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems. An example of
a 4-membered heterocyclic group is azetidinyl (derived from
azetidine). An example of a 5-membered heterocyclic group is
thiazolyl. An example of a 6-membered heterocyclic group is
pyridyl, and an example of a 10-membered heterocyclic group is
quinolinyl. Examples of non-aromatic heterocyclic groups are
pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl,
tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl,
piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, thioxanyl, piperazinyl,
azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl,
thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl,
1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, indolinyl,
2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazolinyl,
dithianyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl,
dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl,
3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl, 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl, 3H-indolyl
and quinolizinyl Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups are
pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl,
pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl,
oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,
indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl,
indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl,
pteridinyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl,
benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl,
quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, and furopyridinyl. The
foregoing groups, as derived from the groups listed above, are
optionally C-attached or N-attached where such is possible. For
instance, a group derived from pyrrole includes pyrrol-1-yl
(N-attached) or pyrrol-3-yl (C-attached). Further, a group derived
from imidazole includes imidazol-1-yl or imidazol-3-yl (both
N-attached) or imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5-yl (all
C-attached). The heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring
systems and ring systems substituted with one or two oxo (.dbd.O)
moieties such as pyrrolidin-2-one. Depending on the structure, a
heterocycle group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a
heterocyclene group).
[0183] The terms "heteroaryl" or, alternatively, "heteroaromatic"
refers to an aromatic group that includes one or more ring
heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. An
N-containing "heteroaromatic" or "heteroaryl" moiety refers to an
aromatic group in which at least one of the skeletal atoms of the
ring is a nitrogen atom. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups
include the following moieties:
##STR00012##
and the like. Depending on the structure, a heteroaryl group can be
a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a heteroarylene group).
[0184] As used herein, the term "non-aromatic heterocycle",
"heterocycloalkyl" or "heteroalicyclic" refers to a non-aromatic
ring wherein one or more atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom. A
"non-aromatic heterocycle" or "heterocycloalkyl" group refers to a
cycloalkyl group that includes at least one heteroatom selected
from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In some embodiments, the radicals
are fused with an aryl or heteroaryl. Heterocycloalkyl rings can be
formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than
nine atoms. Heterocycloalkyl rings can be optionally substituted.
In certain embodiments, non-aromatic heterocycles contain one or
more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups such as, for example, oxo- and
thio-containing groups. Examples of heterocycloalkyls include, but
are not limited to, lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic
thioimides, cyclic carbamates, tetrahydrothiopyran, 4H-pyran,
tetrahydropyran, piperidine, 1,3-dioxin, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxin,
1,4-dioxane, piperazine, 1,3-oxathiane, 1,4-oxathiin,
1,4-oxathiane, tetrahydro-1,4-thiazine, 2H-1,2-oxazine, maleimide,
succinimide, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, dioxopiperazine,
hydantoin, dihydrouracil, morpholine, trioxane,
hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuran,
pyrroline, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidone, pyrrolidione, pyrazoline,
pyrazolidine, imidazoline, imidazolidine, 1,3-dioxole,
1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dithiole, 1,3-dithiolane, isoxazoline,
isoxazolidine, oxazoline, oxazolidine, oxazolidinone, thiazoline,
thiazolidine, and 1,3-oxathiolane. Illustrative examples of
heterocycloalkyl groups, also referred to as non-aromatic
heterocycles, include:
##STR00013##
and the like. The term heteroalicyclic also includes all ring forms
of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the
monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides.
Depending on the structure, a heterocycloalkyl group can be a
monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a heterocycloalkylene group).
[0185] The term "halo" or, alternatively, "halogen" or "halide"
means fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
[0186] The term "haloalkyl," refers to alkyl structures in which at
least one hydrogen is replaced with a halogen atom. In certain
embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with
halogen atoms, the halogen atoms are all the same as one another.
In other embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms are
replaced with halogen atoms, the halogen atoms are not all the same
as one another.
[0187] The term "fluoroalkyl," as used herein, refers to alkyl
group in which at least one hydrogen is replaced with a fluorine
atom. Examples of fluoroalkyl groups include, but are not limited
to, --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2CF.sub.3, --CF.sub.2CF.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CF.sub.3 and the like.
[0188] As used herein, the term "heteroalkyl" refers to optionally
substituted alkyl radicals in which one or more skeletal chain
atoms is a heteroatom, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon,
phosphorus or combinations thereof. The heteroatom(s) are placed at
any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position
at which the heteroalkyl group is attached to the remainder of the
molecule. Examples include, but are not limited to,
--CH.sub.2--O--CH.sub.3, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--O--CH.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--NH--CH.sub.3, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--NH--CH.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--NH--CH.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--S--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.3, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2,
--S(O)--CH.sub.3, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--S(O).sub.2--CH.sub.3,
--CH.dbd.CH--O--CH.sub.3, --Si(CH.sub.3).sub.3,
--CH.sub.2--CH.dbd.N--OCH.sub.3, and
--CH.dbd.CH--N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.3. In addition, in some
embodiments, up to two heteroatoms are consecutive, such as, by way
of example, --CH.sub.2--NH--OCH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2--O--Si(CH.sub.3).sub.3.
[0189] The term "heteroatom" refers to an atom other than carbon or
hydrogen. Heteroatoms are typically independently selected from
among oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, silicon and phosphorus, but are not
limited to these atoms. In embodiments in which two or more
heteroatoms are present, the two or more heteroatoms can all be the
same as one another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms
can each be different from the others.
[0190] The term "bond" or "single bond" refers to a chemical bond
between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the
bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
[0191] The term "moiety" refers to a specific segment or functional
group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized
chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
[0192] A "thioalkoxy" or "alkylthio" group refers to a --S-alkyl
group.
[0193] A "SH" group is also referred to either as a thiol group or
a sulfhydryl group.
[0194] The term "optionally substituted" or "substituted" means
that the referenced group may be substituted with one or more
additional group(s) individually and independently selected from
alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide,
arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone, arylsulfone, cyano, halo, acyl, nitro,
haloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, amino, including mono- and di-substituted
amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. By way of
example an optional substituents may be L.sub.sR.sub.s, wherein
each L.sub.s is independently selected from a bond, --O--,
--C(.dbd.O)--, --S--, --S(.dbd.O)--, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2--, --NH--,
--NHC(O)--, --C(O)NH--, S(.dbd.O).sub.2NH--, --NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2,
--OC(O)NH--, --NHC(O)O--, -(substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl), or -(substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenyl); and each R.sub.s is independently
selected from H, (substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl), (substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl), heteroaryl, or heteroalkyl. The
protecting groups that forms the protective derivatives of the
above substituents include those found in sources such as Greene
and Wuts, above.
[0195] The term "Michael acceptor moiety" refers to a functional
group that can participate in a Michael reaction, wherein a new
covalent bond is formed between a portion of the Michael acceptor
moiety and the donor moiety. The Michael acceptor moiety is an
electrophile and the "donor moiety" is a nucleophile. The "G"
groups presented in any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6),
Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII) are
non-limiting examples of Michael acceptor moieties.
[0196] The term "nucleophile" or "nucleophilic" refers to an
electron rich compound, or moiety thereof. An example of a
nucleophile includes, but in no way is limited to, a cysteine
residue of a molecule, such as, for example Cys 481 of Btk.
[0197] The term "electrophile", or "electrophilic" refers to an
electron poor or electron deficient molecule, or moiety thereof.
Examples of electrophiles include, but in no way are limited to,
Micheal acceptor moieties.
[0198] The term "acceptable" or "pharmaceutically acceptable", with
respect to a formulation, composition or ingredient, as used
herein, means having no persistent detrimental effect on the
general health of the subject being treated or does not abrogate
the biological activity or properties of the compound, and is
relatively nontoxic.
[0199] As used herein, the term "agonist" refers to a compound, the
presence of which results in a biological activity of a protein
that is the same as the biological activity resulting from the
presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the protein, such as,
for example, Btk.
[0200] As used herein, the term "partial agonist" refers to a
compound the presence of which results in a biological activity of
a protein that is of the same type as that resulting from the
presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the protein, but of a
lower magnitude.
[0201] As used herein, the term "antagonist" refers to a compound,
the presence of which results in a decrease in the magnitude of a
biological activity of a protein. In certain embodiments, the
presence of an antagonist results in complete inhibition of a
biological activity of a protein, such as, for example, Btk. In
certain embodiments, an antagonist is an inhibitor.
[0202] As used herein, "amelioration" of the symptoms of a
particular disease, disorder or condition by administration of a
particular compound or pharmaceutical composition refers to any
lessening of severity, delay in onset, slowing of progression, or
shortening of duration, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or
transient that can be attributed to or associated with
administration of the compound or composition.
[0203] "Bioavailability" refers to the percentage of the weight of
compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula
(A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula
(I), or Formula (VII), dosed that is delivered into the general
circulation of the animal or human being studied. The total
exposure (AUC.sub.(0-.infin.)) of a drug when administered
intravenously is usually defined as 100% bioavailable (F %). "Oral
bioavailability" refers to the extent to which compounds disclosed
herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula
(B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula
(VII), are absorbed into the general circulation when the
pharmaceutical composition is taken orally as compared to
intravenous injection.
[0204] The term "biophysical probe," as used herein, refers to
probes which detect or monitor structural changes in molecules
(including biomolecules) in biological systems or in the presence
of other biomolecules (e.g., ex vivo, in vivo or in vitro). In some
embodiments, such molecules include, but are not limited to,
proteins and the "biophysical probe" is used to detect or monitor
interaction of proteins with other macromolecules. In other
embodiments, examples of biophysical probes include, but are not
limited to, spin-labels, fluorophores, and photoactivatable
groups.
[0205] "Blood plasma concentration" refers to the concentration of
compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula
(A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula
(I), or Formula (VII), in the plasma component of blood of a
subject. It is understood that the plasma concentration of
compounds of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), may vary
significantly between subjects, due to variability with respect to
metabolism and/or possible interactions with other therapeutic
agents. In accordance with one embodiment disclosed herein, the
blood plasma concentration of the compounds of any of Formula
(A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula
(I), or Formula (VII), does vary from subject to subject. Likewise,
values such as maximum plasma concentration (C.sub.max) or time to
reach maximum plasma concentration (T.sub.max), or total area under
the plasma concentration time curve (AUC.sub.(0-.infin.)) may vary
from subject to subject. Due to this variability, the amount
necessary to constitute "a therapeutically effective amount" of a
compound of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), is
expected to vary from subject to subject.
[0206] The term "Bruton's tyrosine kinase," as used herein, refers
to Bruton's tyrosine kinase from Homo sapiens, as disclosed in,
e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,326,469 (GenBank Accession No.
NP.sub.--000052).
[0207] The term "Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog," as used herein,
refers to orthologs of Bruton's tyrosine kinase, e.g., the
orthologs from mouse (GenBank Accession No. AAB47246), dog (GenBank
Accession No. XP.sub.--549139.), rat (GenBank Accession No.
NP.sub.--001007799), chicken (GenBank Accession No.
NP.sub.--989564), or zebra fish (GenBank Accession No.
XP.sub.--698117), and fusion proteins of any of the foregoing that
exhibit kinase activity towards one or more substrates of Bruton's
tyrosine kinase (e.g. a peptide substrate having the amino acid
sequence "AVLESEEELYSSARQ").
[0208] The term "chemiluminescent group," as used herein, refers to
a group which emits light as a result of a chemical reaction
without the addition of heat. By way of example only, luminol
(5-amino-2,3-dihydro-1,4-phthalazinedione) reacts with oxidants
like hydrogen peroxide (H.sub.2O.sub.2) in the presence of a base
and a metal catalyst to produce an excited state product
(3-aminophthalate, 3-APA).
[0209] The term "chromophore," as used herein, refers to a molecule
which absorbs light of visible wavelengths, UV wavelengths or IR
wavelengths.
[0210] The terms "co-administration" or the like, as used herein,
are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic
agents to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment
regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or
different route of administration or at the same or different
time.
[0211] In other embodiments, the term "detectable label," as used
herein, refers to a label which is observable using analytical
techniques including, but not limited to, fluorescence,
chemiluminescence, electron-spin resonance, ultraviolet/visible
absorbance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic
resonance, magnetic resonance, and electrochemical methods.
[0212] The term "dye," as used herein, refers to a soluble,
coloring substance which contains a chromophore.
[0213] The terms "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective
amount," as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of an agent
or a compound being administered which will relieve to some extent
one or more of the symptoms of the disease or condition being
treated. The result can be reduction and/or alleviation of the
signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired
alteration of a biological system. For example, an "effective
amount" for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition
including a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a
clinically significant decrease in disease symptoms without undue
adverse side effects. An appropriate "effective amount" in any
individual case is optionally determined using techniques, such as
a dose escalation study. The term "therapeutically effective
amount" includes, for example, a prophylactically effective amount.
An "effective amount" of a compound disclosed herein is an amount
effective to achieve a desired pharmacologic effect or therapeutic
improvement without undue adverse side effects. It is understood
that "an effect amount" or "a therapeutically effective amount" can
vary from subject to subject, due to variation in metabolism of the
compound of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), age,
weight, general condition of the subject, the condition being
treated, the severity of the condition being treated, and the
judgment of the prescribing physician.
[0214] The term "electron dense group," as used herein, refers to a
group which scatters electrons when irradiated with an electron
beam. Such groups include, but are not limited to, ammonium
molybdate, bismuth subnitrate cadmium iodide, 99%, carbohydrazide,
ferric chloride hexahydrate, hexamethylene tetramine, 98.5%, indium
trichloride anhydrous, lanthanum nitrate, lead acetate trihydrate,
lead citrate trihydrate, lead nitrate, periodic acid,
phosphomolybdic acid, phosphotungstic acid, potassium ferricyanide,
potassium ferrocyanide, ruthenium red, silver nitrate, silver
proteinate (Ag Assay: 8.0-8.5%) "Strong", silver tetraphenylporphin
(S-TPPS), sodium chloroaurate, sodium tungstate, thallium nitrate,
thiosemicarbazide (TSC), uranyl acetate, uranyl nitrate, and
vanadyl sulfate.
[0215] In other embodiments, the term "energy transfer agent," as
used herein, refers to a molecule which either donates or accepts
energy from another molecule. By way of example only, fluorescence
resonance energy transfer (FRET) is a dipole-dipole coupling
process by which the excited-state energy of a fluorescence donor
molecule is non-radiatively transferred to an unexcited acceptor
molecule which then fluorescently emits the donated energy at a
longer wavelength.
[0216] The terms "enhance" or "enhancing" means to increase or
prolong either in potency or duration a desired effect. By way of
example, "enhancing" the effect of therapeutic agents refers to the
ability to increase or prolong, either in potency or duration, the
effect of therapeutic agents on during treatment of a disease,
disorder or condition. An "enhancing-effective amount," as used
herein, refers to an amount adequate to enhance the effect of a
therapeutic agent in the treatment of a disease, disorder or
condition. When used in a patient, amounts effective for this use
will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or
condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and
response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating
physician.
[0217] The term "fluorophore," as used herein, refers to a molecule
which upon excitation emits photons and is thereby fluorescent.
[0218] The term "homologous cysteine," as used herein refers to a
cysteine residue found with in a sequence position that is
homologous to that of cysteine 481 of Bruton's tyrosine kinase, as
defined herein. For example, cysteine 482 is the homologous
cysteine of the rat ortholog of Bruton's tyrosine kinase; cysteine
479 is the homologous cysteine of the chicken ortholog; and
cysteine 481 is the homologous cysteine in the zebra fish ortholog.
In another example, the homologous cysteine of TXK, a Tec kinase
family member related to Bruton's tyrosine, is Cys 350. Other
examples of kinases having homologous cysteines are shown in FIG.
7. See also the sequence alignments of tyrosine kinases (TK)
published on the world wide web at
kinase.com/human/kinome/phylogeny.html.
[0219] The term "identical," as used herein, refers to two or more
sequences or subsequences which are the same. In addition, the term
"substantially identical," as used herein, refers to two or more
sequences which have a percentage of sequential units which are the
same when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a
comparison window, or designated region as measured using
comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
By way of example only, two or more sequences are "substantially
identical" if the sequential units are about 60% identical, about
65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical, about 80%
identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or about 95%
identical over a specified region. Such percentages to describe the
"percent identity" of two or more sequences. The identity of a
sequence can exist over a region that is at least about 75-100
sequential units in length, over a region that is about 50
sequential units in length, or, where not specified, across the
entire sequence. This definition also refers to the complement of a
test sequence. By way of example only, two or more polypeptide
sequences are identical when the amino acid residues are the same,
while two or more polypeptide sequences are "substantially
identical" if the amino acid residues are about 60% identical,
about 65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical,
about 80% identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or
about 95% identical over a specified region. The identity can exist
over a region that is at least about 75-100 amino acids in length,
over a region that is about 50 amino acids in length, or, where not
specified, across the entire sequence of a polypeptide sequence. In
addition, by way of example only, two or more polynucleotide
sequences are identical when the nucleic acid residues are the
same, while two or more polynucleotide sequences are "substantially
identical" if the nucleic acid residues are about 60% identical,
about 65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical,
about 80% identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or
about 95% identical over a specified region. The identity can exist
over a region that is at least about 75-100 nucleic acids in
length, over a region that is about 50 nucleic acids in length, or,
where not specified, across the entire sequence of a polynucleotide
sequence.
[0220] The terms "inhibits", "inhibiting", or "inhibitor" of a
kinase, as used herein, refer to inhibition of enzymatic
phosphotransferase activity.
[0221] The term "irreversible inhibitor," as used herein, refers to
a compound that, upon contact with a target protein (e.g., a
kinase) causes the formation of a new covalent bond with or within
the protein, whereby one or more of the target protein's biological
activities (e.g., phosphotransferase activity) is diminished or
abolished notwithstanding the subsequent presence or absence of the
irreversible inhibitor.
[0222] The term "irreversible Btk inhibitor," as used herein,
refers to an inhibitor of Btk that can form a covalent bond with an
amino acid residue of Btk. In one embodiment, the irreversible
inhibitor of Btk can form a covalent bond with a Cys residue of
Btk; in particular embodiments, the irreversible inhibitor can form
a covalent bond with a Cys 481 residue (or a homolog thereof) of
Btk or a cysteine residue in the homologous corresponding position
of another tyrosine kinase, as shown in FIG. 7.
[0223] The term "isolated," as used herein, refers to separating
and removing a component of interest from at least some portion of
components not of interest. Isolated substances can be in either a
dry or semi-dry state, or in solution, including but not limited to
an aqueous solution. The isolated component can be in a homogeneous
state or the isolated component can be a part of a pharmaceutical
composition that comprises additional pharmaceutically acceptable
carriers and/or excipients. By way of example only, nucleic acids
or proteins are "isolated" when such nucleic acids or proteins are
free of at least some of the cellular components with which it is
associated in the natural state, or that the nucleic acid or
protein has been concentrated to a level greater than the
concentration of its in vivo or in vitro production. Also, by way
of example, a gene is isolated when separated from open reading
frames which flank the gene and encode a protein other than the
gene of interest.
[0224] In some embodiments, the term "label," as used herein,
refers to a substance which is incorporated into a compound and is
readily detected, whereby its physical distribution is detected
and/or monitored.
[0225] The term "linkage," as used herein to refer to bonds or a
chemical moiety formed from a chemical reaction between the
functional group of a linker and another molecule. In some
embodiments, such bonds include, but are not limited to, covalent
linkages and non-covalent bonds, while such chemical moieties
include, but are not limited to, esters, carbonates, imines,
phosphate esters, hydrazones, acetals, orthoesters, peptide
linkages, and oligonucleotide linkages. Hydrolytically stable
linkages means that the linkages are substantially stable in water
and do not react with water at useful pH values, including but not
limited to, under physiological conditions for an extended period
of time, perhaps even indefinitely. Hydrolytically unstable or
degradable linkages means that the linkages are degradable in water
or in aqueous solutions, including for example, blood. In other
embodiments, enzymatically unstable or degradable linkages means
that the linkage is degraded by one or more enzymes. By way of
example only, PEG and related polymers include degradable linkages
in the polymer backbone or in the linker group between the polymer
backbone and one or more of the terminal functional groups of the
polymer molecule. Such degradable linkages include, but are not
limited to, ester linkages formed by the reaction of PEG carboxylic
acids or activated PEG carboxylic acids with alcohol groups on a
biologically active agent, wherein such ester groups generally
hydrolyze under physiological conditions to release the
biologically active agent. Other hydrolytically degradable linkages
include but are not limited to carbonate linkages; imine linkages
resulted from reaction of an amine and an aldehyde; phosphate ester
linkages formed by reacting an alcohol with a phosphate group;
hydrazone linkages which are reaction product of a hydrazide and an
aldehyde; acetal linkages that are the reaction product of an
aldehyde and an alcohol; orthoester linkages that are the reaction
product of a formate and an alcohol; peptide linkages formed by an
amine group, including but not limited to, at an end of a polymer
such as PEG, and a carboxyl group of a peptide; and oligonucleotide
linkages formed by a phosphoramidite group, including but not
limited to, at the end of a polymer, and a 5' hydroxyl group of an
oligonucleotide.
[0226] The phrase "measuring the activity of the reporter moiety"
(or a similarly worded phrase) refers to methods for quantifying
(in absolute, approximate or relative terms) the reporter moiety in
a system under study. In some embodiments, such methods include any
methods that quantify a reporter moiety that is a dye; a
photocrosslinker; a cytotoxic compound; a drug; an affinity label;
a photoaffinity label; a reactive compound; an antibody or antibody
fragment; a biomaterial; a nanoparticle; a spin label; a
fluorophore, a metal-containing moiety; a radioactive moiety; a
novel functional group; a group that covalently or noncovalently
interacts with other molecules; a photocaged moiety; an actinic
radiation excitable moiety; a ligand; a photoisomerizable moiety;
biotin; a biotin analogue; a moiety incorporating a heavy atom; a
chemically cleavable group; a photocleavable group; a redox-active
agent; an isotopically labeled moiety; a biophysical probe; a
phosphorescent group; a chemiluminescent group; an electron dense
group; a magnetic group; an intercalating group; a chromophore; an
energy transfer agent; a biologically active agent; a detectable
label; and any combination of the above.
[0227] A "metabolite" of a compound disclosed herein is a
derivative of that compound that is formed when the compound is
metabolized. The term "active metabolite" refers to a biologically
active derivative of a compound that is formed when the compound is
metabolized. The term "metabolized," as used herein, refers to the
sum of the processes (including, but not limited to, hydrolysis
reactions and reactions catalyzed by enzymes, such as, oxidation
reactions) by which a particular substance is changed by an
organism. Thus, enzymes produce specific structural alterations to
a compound. For example, cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of
oxidative and reductive reactions while uridine diphosphate
glucuronyl transferases catalyze the transfer of an activated
glucuronic-acid molecule to aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols,
carboxylic acids, amines and free sulfhydryl groups. Further
information on metabolism is obtained from The Pharmacological
Basis of Therapeutics, 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill (1996). Metabolites
of the compounds disclosed herein are optionally identified either
by administration of compounds to a host and analysis of tissue
samples from the host, or by incubation of compounds with hepatic
cells in vitro and analysis of the resulting compounds. In some
embodiments, metabolites of a compound are formed by oxidative
processes and correspond to the corresponding hydroxy-containing
compound. In some embodiments, a compound is metabolized to
pharmacologically active metabolites.
[0228] The term "modulate," as used herein, means to interact with
a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity
of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the
activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to
limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the
target.
[0229] As used herein, the term "modulator" refers to a compound
that alters an activity of a molecule. For example, a modulator can
cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain
activity of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity in
the absence of the modulator. In certain embodiments, a modulator
is an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of one or more
activities of a molecule. In certain embodiments, an inhibitor
completely prevents one or more activities of a molecule. In
certain embodiments, a modulator is an activator, which increases
the magnitude of at least one activity of a molecule. In certain
embodiments the presence of a modulator results in an activity that
does not occur in the absence of the modulator.
[0230] The term "moiety incorporating a heavy atom," as used
herein, refers to a group which incorporates an ion of atom which
is usually heavier than carbon. In some embodiments, such ions or
atoms include, but are not limited to, silicon, tungsten, gold,
lead, and uranium.
[0231] The term "nanoparticle," as used herein, refers to a
particle which has a particle size between about 500 nm to about 1
nm.
[0232] As used herein, the term "pERK" refers to phosphorylated
ERK1 and ERK2 at Thr202/Tyr 204 as detected by commercially
available phospho-specific antibodies (e.g. Cell Signaling
Technologies #4377).
[0233] The term "photoaffinity label," as used herein, refers to a
label with a group, which, upon exposure to light, forms a linkage
with a molecule for which the label has an affinity. By way of
example only, in some embodiments, such a linkage is covalent or
non-covalent.
[0234] The term "photocaged moiety," as used herein, refers to a
group which, upon illumination at certain wavelengths, covalently
or non-covalently binds other ions or molecules.
[0235] The term "photoisomerizable moiety," as used herein, refers
to a group wherein upon illumination with light changes from one
isomeric form to another.
[0236] The term "plasma half life," as used herein refers to
half-life in rat, dog or human as determined by measure drug
concentration over time in plasma following a single dose and
fitting data to standard pharmacokinetic models using software such
as WinNonLin to determine the time at which drug has been 50%
eliminated from plasma.
[0237] The term "prophylactically effective amount," as used
herein, refers that amount of a composition applied to a patient
which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of a
disease, condition or disorder being treated. In such prophylactic
applications, such amounts may depend on the patient's state of
health, weight, and the like.
[0238] The term "radioactive moiety," as used herein, refers to a
group whose nuclei spontaneously give off nuclear radiation, such
as alpha, beta, or gamma particles; wherein, alpha particles are
helium nuclei, beta particles are electrons, and gamma particles
are high energy photons.
[0239] As used herein, the term "selective binding compound" refers
to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of one or more
target proteins.
[0240] As used herein, the term "selectively binds" refers to the
ability of a selective binding compound to bind to a target
protein, such as, for example, Btk, with greater affinity than it
binds to a non-target protein. In certain embodiments, specific
binding refers to binding to a target with an affinity that is at
least 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 or more times greater than the
affinity for a non-target.
[0241] As used herein, the term "selective modulator" refers to a
compound that selectively modulates a target activity relative to a
non-target activity. In certain embodiments, specific modulator
refers to modulating a target activity at least 10, 50, 100, 250,
500, 1000 times more than a non-target activity.
[0242] The term "spin label," as used herein, refers to molecules
which contain an atom or a group of atoms exhibiting an unpaired
electron spin (i.e. a stable paramagnetic group) that in some
embodiments are detected by electron spin resonance spectroscopy
and in other embodiments are attached to another molecule. Such
spin-label molecules include, but are not limited to, nitryl
radicals and nitroxides, and in some embodiments are single
spin-labels or double spin-labels.
[0243] The term "substantially purified," as used herein, refers to
a component of interest that may be substantially or essentially
free of other components which normally accompany or interact with
the component of interest prior to purification. By way of example
only, a component of interest may be "substantially purified" when
the preparation of the component of interest contains less than
about 30%, less than about 25%, less than about 20%, less than
about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about
4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, or less than about 1%
(by dry weight) of contaminating components. Thus, a "substantially
purified" component of interest may have a purity level of about
70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about
96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99% or greater.
[0244] The term "subject" as used herein, refers to an animal which
is the object of treatment, observation or experiment. By way of
example only, a subject may be, but is not limited to, a mammal
including, but not limited to, a human.
[0245] As used herein, the term "target activity" refers to a
biological activity capable of being modulated by a selective
modulator. Certain exemplary target activities include, but are not
limited to, binding affinity, signal transduction, enzymatic
activity, tumor growth, inflammation or inflammation-related
processes, and amelioration of one or more symptoms associated with
a disease or condition.
[0246] As used herein, the term "target protein" refers to a
molecule or a portion of a protein capable of being bound by a
selective binding compound. In certain embodiments, a target
protein is Btk.
[0247] The terms "treat," "treating" or "treatment", as used
herein, include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or
condition symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or
preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting
the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the
disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing
regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition
caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the
disease or condition. The terms "treat," "treating" or "treatment",
include, but are not limited to, prophylactic and/or therapeutic
treatments.
[0248] As used herein, the IC.sub.50 refers to an amount,
concentration or dosage of a particular test compound that achieves
a 50% inhibition of a maximal response, such as inhibition of Btk,
in an assay that measures such response.
[0249] As used herein, EC.sub.50 refers to a dosage, concentration
or amount of a particular test compound that elicits a
dose-dependent response at 50% of maximal expression of a
particular response that is induced, provoked or potentiated by the
particular test compound.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0250] FIG. 1(A) presents an illustrative table of GI.sub.50
concentrations of Compound 1 that results in 50% decrease in cell
proliferation. A variety of lymphoma cell lines incubated with a
range of concentrations of Compound 1. (B) presents an illustrative
line graph showing inhibition of tumor growth in DLCL2 xenograft
models. (C) presents an illustrative line graph showing inhibition
of tumor growth in DOHH2 xenograft models. For in vivo lymphoma
xenograft studies, 5E6 DOHH2 or DLCL2 cells in 50% matrigel were
implanted subcutaneously in SCID mice and dosed orally with
Compound 1 beginning when tumor size reached 100 mm2.
[0251] FIG. 2 presents an illustrative line graph showing
inhibition of collagen-induced arthritis in male DBA/1OlaHsd mice.
Compound for vehicle was dosed orally once per day starting at day
1. Dexamethasone was included as a positive control. Paw
inflammation was scored from 0-5 and averaged across all paws from
all animals for each group in the study. Compound 1 at 12.5 mg/kg
and 50 mg/kg regressed inflammation through the end of the study
(day 11) while 3.125 mg/kg significantly reduced the increase in
paw inflammation.
[0252] FIG. 3 presents an illustrative line graph showing
inhibition of disease progression in a mouse MRL/lpr model of
lupus. MRL/lpr mice (Jax strain 000485) were dosed orally once per
day from 8 weeks of age until 20 weeks of age and urine protein
levels were measured weekly. Compound 1 at 3.125 mg/kg, 12.5 mg/kg,
and 50 mg/kg significantly reduced proteinuria, indicating
amelioration of the progressive autoimmune renal failure seen in
this mouse strain.
[0253] FIG. 4 presents an illustrative bar graph showing inhibition
of mast cell degranulation in a mouse passive cutaneous anaphylaxis
model. 23 hours after mice were sensitized with an intradermal
injection of monoclonal anti-DNP-IgE in the back, they received a
single oral dose of Compound 1 or vehicle. After one hour, animals
were challenged with an intravenous injection of DNP-BSA and Evans
Blue dye and the area of extravasation was measured. Increasing
doses of Compound 1 significantly decreased the amount of Evans
Blue release, indicating decreased mast cell activation and
vascular permeabilization.
[0254] FIG. 5 presents an illustrative line graph showing in vivo
plasma concentrations post-dosing of male jugular vein cannulated
rats with Compounds 1, 7, 8, and 12. Blood samples were collected
at 0.0833 (5 minutes), 0.333 (20 minutes), 1, 3, 6, 9, and 24 hours
post-dosing from orally dosed rats. Compound 1 and Compound 12 have
a short half-life in vivo. In contrast, Compound 7 and Compound 8
have a significantly longer in vivo half-life. Compounds like 1 and
12 are predicted to have enhanced kinase selectivity in vivo
because inhibition will be sustained only for those kinases that
are irreversibly inhibited.
[0255] FIG. 6 presents an illustrative bar graph showing brief
exposure to Compound 1 in vitro is sufficient to inhibit B cell
activation in normal human B cells. B cells were purified from
blood from healthy donors by negative selecting using the
RosetteSep Human B cell enrichment cocktail. Cells were plated in
growth media and indicated concentrations of Compound 1 were added.
After incubation for 1 hour at 37.degree. C., cells were washed
three times using an 8-fold dilution in growth media for each wash.
Cells were then stimulated with IgM F(ab')2 for 18 hours at
37.degree. C., stained with anti-CD69-PE antibody and analyzed by
flow cytometry. This protocol mimics the predicted exposure of
cells to Compound 1 in vivo and demonstrates that inhibition of B
cells is sustained despite washing out of Compound 1.
[0256] FIG. 7 presents illustrative ACKs, including Btk and Btk
cysteine homologs.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Irreversible Inhibitor Compounds
[0257] In the following description of irreversible kinase
inhibitor compounds suitable for use in the methods described
herein, definitions of referred-to standard chemistry terms may be
found in reference works (if not otherwise defined herein),
including Carey and Sundberg "Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed."
Vols. A (2000) and B (2001), Plenum Press, New York. In addition,
nucleic acid and amino acid sequences for Btk (e.g., human Btk) are
disclosed in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,326,469. Unless specific
definitions are provided, the nomenclature employed in connection
with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical
chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and
pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those known in the
art. Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses,
chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and
delivery, and treatment of patients
[0258] The inhibitor compounds described herein are selective for
kinases having an accessible cysteine residue (such kinases are
also known as Accessible Cysteine Kinases, or ACKs) that can form a
covalent bond with a Michael acceptor moiety on the inhibitor
compound. In some embodiments, the cysteine residue is accessible
or becomes accessible when the binding site moiety of the
irreversible inhibitor binds to the kinase. That is, the binding
site moiety of the irreversible inhibitor binds to an active site
of the ACK and the Michael acceptor moiety of irreversible
inhibitor gains access (in one embodiment the step of binding leads
to a conformational change in the ACK, thus exposing the cysteine)
or is otherwise exposed to the cysteine residue of the ACK; as a
result a covalent bond is formed between the "S" of the cysteine
residue and the Michael acceptor of the irreversible inhibitor.
Consequently, the binding site moiety of the irreversible inhibitor
remains bound or otherwise blocks the active site of the ACK.
[0259] In one embodiment, the ACK is Btk, a homolog of Btk or a
tyrosine kinase having a cysteine residue in an amino acid sequence
position that is homologous to the amino acid sequence position of
cysteine 481 in Btk. See, e.g., kinases in FIG. 7. Inhibitor
compounds described herein include a Michael acceptor moiety, a
binding site moiety and a linker that links the binding site moiety
and the Michael acceptor moiety (and in some embodiments, the
structure of the linker provides a conformation, or otherwise
directs the Michael acceptor moiety, so as to improve the
selectivity of the irreversible inhibitor for a particular
ACK).
[0260] Generally, an irreversible inhibitor compound used in the
methods described herein is identified or characterized in an in
vitro assay, e.g., an acellular biochemical assay or a cellular
functional assay. Such assays are useful to determine an in vitro
IC.sub.50 for an irreversible inhibitor compound.
[0261] For example, an acellular kinase assay can be used to
determine kinase activity after incubation of the kinase in the
absence or presence of a range of concentrations of a candidate
irreversible inhibitor compound. If the candidate compound is in
fact an irreversible inhibitor, kinase activity will not be
recovered by repeat washing with inhibitor-free medium. See, e.g.,
J. B. Smaill, et al. (1999), J. Med. Chem. 42(10):1803-1815.
Further, covalent complex formation between a Kinase and a
candidate irreversible inhibitor is a useful indicator of
irreversible inhibition of the Kinase that can be readily
determined by a number of methods (e.g., mass spectrometry). For
example, some irreversible Kinase-inhibitor compounds can form a
covalent bond with the aforenoted cysteine residue (e.g., via a
Michael reaction).
[0262] High throughput assays for many acellular biochemical assays
(e.g., kinase assays) and cellular functional assays (e.g., calcium
flux) are documented methodologies. In addition, high throughput
screening systems are commercially available (see, e.g., Zymark
Corp., Hopkinton, Mass.; Air Technical Industries, Mentor, Ohio;
Beckman Instruments, Inc. Fullerton, Calif.; Precision Systems,
Inc., Natick, Mass., etc.). These systems typically automate entire
procedures including all sample and reagent pipetting, liquid
dispensing, timed incubations, and final readings of the microplate
in detector(s) appropriate for the assay. Automated systems thereby
allow the identification and characterization of a large number of
irreversible compounds.
[0263] Irreversible inhibitor compounds can used for the
manufacture of a medicament for treating any of the foregoing
conditions (e.g., autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases,
allergy disorders, B-cell proliferative disorders, or
thromboembolic disorders).
[0264] In some embodiments, the irreversible inhibitor compound
used for the methods described herein inhibits a Kinase activity
with an in vitro IC.sub.50 of less than 10 .mu.M. (e.g., less than
1 .mu.M, less than 0.5 .mu.M, less than 0.4 .mu.M, less than 0.3
.mu.M, less than 0.1, less than 0.08 .mu.M, less than 0.06 .mu.M,
less than 0.05 .mu.M, less than 0.04 .mu.M, less than 0.03 .mu.M,
less than less than 0.02 .mu.M, less than 0.01, less than 0.008
.mu.M, less than 0.006 .mu.M, less than 0.005 .mu.M, less than
0.004 .mu.M, less than 0.003 .mu.M, less than less than 0.002
.mu.M, less than 0.001, less than 0.00099 .mu.M, less than 0.00098
.mu.M, less than 0.00097 .mu.M, less than 0.00096 .mu.M, less than
0.00095 .mu.M, less than 0.00094 .mu.M, less than 0.00093 .mu.M,
less than 0.00092, or less than 0.00090 .mu.M).
[0265] In one embodiment, the irreversible inhibitor compound
selectively and irreversibly inhibits an activated form of its
target tyrosine kinase (e.g., a phosphorylated form of the tyrosine
kinase). For example, activated Btk is transphosphorylated at
tyrosine 551. Thus, in these embodiments the irreversible Btk
inhibitor inhibits the target kinase in cells only once the target
kinase is activated by the signaling events.
Particular Irreversible Inhibitor Compounds for ACKs
[0266] Described herein are compounds of any of Formula (A1-A6),
Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or
Formula (VII). Also described herein are pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates,
pharmaceutically active metabolites, and pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs of such compounds. Pharmaceutical compositions
that include at least one such compound or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate,
pharmaceutically active metabolite or pharmaceutically acceptable
prodrug of such compound, are provided. In some embodiments, when
compounds disclosed herein contain an oxidizable nitrogen atom, the
nitrogen atom is optionally converted to an N-oxide. In certain
embodiments, isomers and chemically protected forms of compounds
having a structure represented by any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula
(B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula
(VII), are also provided.
[0267] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of Formula (I):
##STR00014##
wherein [0268] L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, NH or S; [0269] Ar is a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl; and either [0270] (a) Y is an optionally
substituted group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene,
arylene, heteroarylene, alkylenearylene, alkyleneheteroarylene,
alkylenecycloalkylene and alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0271] Z is
C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x,
where x is 1 or 2, and R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and either [0272]
(i) R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; [0273] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0274] (ii)
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0275] R.sub.7 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0276]
(iii) R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0277]
R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0278]
(b) Y is an optionally substituted group selected from
cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene; [0279] Z is C(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is
1 or 2, and R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and either [0280] (i)
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; [0281] R.sub.6 is substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0282] (ii)
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0283] R.sub.7 is substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0284]
(iii) R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0285]
R.sub.6 is substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0286] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (I). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0287] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (I), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0288] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (I). In another embodiment are
pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (I). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0289] For any and all of the embodiments, substituents can be
selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives. For
example, in some embodiments, L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, or NH. In
other embodiments, L.sub.a is O or NH. In yet other embodiments,
L.sub.a is O.
[0290] In some embodiments, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted
aryl. In yet other embodiments, Ar is a 6-membered aryl. In some
other embodiments, Ar is phenyl.
[0291] In some embodiments, x is 2. In yet other embodiments, Z is
C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x. In some other embodiments,
Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), or NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O).
[0292] In some embodiments Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, alkylenearylene, alkyleneheteroarylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene.
[0293] In some embodiments, Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O),
NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2, and
R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
[0294] In some embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; and R.sub.6
is H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In other
embodiments, R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; and R.sub.7 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In yet
further embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a
bond; and R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl).
[0295] In some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene.
[0296] In some embodiments, Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O),
NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2, and
R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cycloalkyl.
[0297] In some embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; and R.sub.6
is substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In other
embodiments, R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; and R.sub.7 is substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In further
embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; and
R.sub.6 is substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl).
[0298] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of Formula (VII):
##STR00015## [0299] wherein is a moiety that binds to the active
site of a kinase, including a tyrosine kinase, further including a
Btk kinase cysteine homolog; [0300] Y is an optionally substituted
group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0301] Z is C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), C(.dbd.S), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; [0302]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl; or [0303] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
taken together form a bond; and [0304] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0305] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (VII). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0306] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (VII), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0307] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (VII). In another embodiment are
pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (VII). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0308] In some embodiments, x is 2. In yet other embodiments, Z is
C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x. In some other embodiments,
Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), or S(.dbd.O).sub.2.
[0309] In some embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently
selected from among H, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together
form a bond. In yet other embodiments, each of R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
is H; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond.
[0310] In some embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In some
other embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.2alkyl-N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In yet other
embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, --CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl). In yet other embodiments, R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
--CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylamino),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl). In some embodiments, R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
--CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl containing 1 or 2 N atoms), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1
or 2 N atoms).
[0311] In some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene. In other embodiments, Y is an
optionally substituted group selected from among
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene, C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 4-, 5-, 6-,
or 7-membered cycloalkylene, and 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered
heterocycloalkylene. In yet other embodiments, Y is an optionally
substituted group selected from among C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 5- or 6-membered cycloalkylene, and
5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In
some other embodiments, Y is a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkylene, or a
5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In
some embodiments, Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycloalkylene
ring; or Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkylene
ring.
[0312] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of Formula (A1):
##STR00016##
wherein [0313] A is independently selected from N or CR.sub.5;
[0314] R.sub.1 is H, L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl), or
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), where L.sub.2 is a
bond, O, S, --S(.dbd.O), --S(.dbd.O).sub.2, C(.dbd.O),
-(substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl), or
-(substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenyl); [0315]
R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently selected from H, lower alkyl
and substituted lower alkyl; [0316] R.sub.4 is L.sub.3-X-L.sub.4-G,
wherein, [0317] L.sub.3 is optional, and when present is a bond, or
an optionally substituted group selected from alkyl, heteroalkyl,
aryl, heteroaryl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl, or
alkylheterocycloalkyl; [0318] X is optional, and when present is a
bond, O, --C(.dbd.O), S, --S(.dbd.O), --S(.dbd.O).sub.2, --NH,
--NR.sub.9, --NHC(O), --C(O)NH, --NR.sub.9C(O), --C(O)NR.sub.9,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2NH, --NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2NR.sub.9--, --NR.sub.9S(.dbd.O).sub.2,
--OC(O)NH--, --NHC(O)O--, --OC(O)NR.sub.9--, --NR.sub.9C(O)O--,
--CH.dbd.NO--, --ON.dbd.CH--, --NR.sub.10C(O)NR.sub.10--,
heteroaryl, aryl, --NR.sub.10C(.dbd.NR.sub.11)NR.sub.10--,
--NR.sub.10C(.dbd.NR.sub.11)--, --C(.dbd.NR.sub.11)NR.sub.10--,
--OC(.dbd.NR.sub.11)--, or --C(.dbd.NR.sub.11)O--; [0319] L.sub.4
is optional, and when present is a bond, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
[0320] or L.sub.3, X and L.sub.4 taken together form a nitrogen
containing heterocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted group
selected from alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylaryl,
alkylheteroaryl, or alkylheterocycloalkyl; [0321] G is
[0321] ##STR00017## where R.sup.a is H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and
either [0322] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; [0323] R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0324]
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0325] R.sub.7 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0326]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0327] R.sub.6 is
H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0328]
R.sub.5 is H, halogen, -L.sub.6-(substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkyl), -L.sub.6-(substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.4 alkenyl), -L.sub.6-(substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl), or -L.sub.6-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl),
wherein L.sub.6 is a bond, O, S, --S(.dbd.O), S(.dbd.O).sub.2, NH,
C(O), --NHC(O)O, --OC(O)NH, --NHC(O), or --C(O)NH; [0329] each
R.sub.9 is independently selected from among H, substituted or
unsubstituted lower alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower
cycloalkyl; [0330] each R.sub.10 is independently H, substituted or
unsubstituted lower alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted lower
cycloalkyl; or [0331] two R.sub.10 groups can together form a 5-,
6-, 7-, or 8-membered heterocyclic ring; or [0332] R.sub.9 and
R.sub.10 can together form a 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-membered heterocyclic
ring; or [0333] each R.sub.11 is independently selected from H,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sub.8, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2NH.sub.2, --C(O)R.sub.8,
--CN, --NO.sub.2, heteroaryl, or heteroalkyl; and pharmaceutically
active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates,
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable
prodrugs thereof.
[0334] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (A1). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0335] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (A1), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0336] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (A1). In another embodiment are
pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (A1). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0337] In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound of
Formula (A1) has the following structure of Formula (B1):
##STR00018##
wherein: [0338] Y is an optionally substituted group selected from
among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene, heteroarylene,
alkylenearylene, alkyleneheteroarylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0339] each R.sub.a is independently
H, halogen, --CF.sub.3, --CN, --NO.sub.2, OH, NH.sub.2,
-L.sub.a-(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl),
-L.sub.a-(substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl),
-L.sub.a-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl), or
-L.sub.a-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), wherein L.sub.a is a
bond, O, S, --S(.dbd.O), --S(.dbd.O).sub.2, NH, C(O), CH.sub.2,
--NHC(O)O, --NHC(O), or --C(O)NH; [0340] G is
[0340] ##STR00019## where R.sup.a is H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and
either [0341] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; [0342] R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0343]
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0344] R.sub.7 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0345]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0346] R.sub.6 is
H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0347]
R.sub.12 is H or lower alkyl; or [0348] Y and R.sub.12 taken
together form a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered heterocyclic ring; and [0349]
pharmaceutically acceptable active metabolites, pharmaceutically
acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or
pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0350] In further or alternative embodiments, G is selected from
among
##STR00020##
where R is H, alkyl, alkylhydroxy, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl,
alkylalkoxy, alkylalkoxyalkyl.
[0351] In further or alternative embodiments,
##STR00021##
is selected from among
##STR00022##
[0352] In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of
Formula (B1) has the following structure of Formula (C1):
##STR00023## [0353] Y is an optionally substituted group selected
from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylaryl,
alkylheteroaryl, and alkylheterocycloalkyl; [0354] R.sub.12 is H or
lower alkyl; or [0355] Y and R.sub.12 taken together form a 4-, 5-,
or 6-membered heterocyclic ring; [0356] G is
[0356] ##STR00024## where R.sup.a is H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and
either [0357] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; [0358] R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0359]
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0360] R.sub.7 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0361]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0362] R.sub.6 is
H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and [0363]
pharmaceutically acceptable active metabolites, pharmaceutically
acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or
pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0364] In a further or alternative embodiment, the "G" group of any
of Formula (A1), Formula (B1), or Formula (C1) is any group that is
used to tailor the physical and biological properties of the
molecule. Such tailoring/modifications are achieved using groups
which modulate Michael acceptor chemical reactivity, acidity,
basicity, lipophilicity, solubility and other physical properties
of the molecule. The physical and biological properties modulated
by such modifications to G include, by way of example only,
enhancing chemical reactivity of Michael acceptor group,
solubility, in vivo absorption, and in vivo metabolism. In
addition, in vivo metabolism includes, by way of example only,
controlling in vivo PK properties, off-target activities, potential
toxicities associated with cypP450 interactions, drug-drug
interactions, and the like. Further, modifications to G allow for
the tailoring of the in vivo efficacy of the compound through the
modulation of, by way of example, specific and non-specific protein
binding to plasma proteins and lipids and tissue distribution in
vivo.
[0365] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of Formula (D1):
##STR00025##
wherein [0366] L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, NH or S; [0367] Ar is an
optionally substituted aromatic carbocycle or an aromatic
heterocycle; [0368] Y is an optionally substituted group selected
from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene, heteroarylene,
alkylenearylene, alkyleneheteroarylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene, or combination thereof; [0369] Z is
C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O).sub.x,
where x is 1 or 2, and R.sup.a is H, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and either [0370]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are H; [0371] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0372]
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0373] R.sub.7 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0374]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0375] R.sub.6 is
H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0376] or
combinations thereof; and pharmaceutically active metabolites, or
pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable
salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0377] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (D1). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0378] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (D1), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0379] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (D1). In another embodiment are
pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (D1). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0380] In a further or alternative embodiment, L.sub.a is O.
[0381] In a further or alternative embodiment, Ar is phenyl.
[0382] In a further or alternative embodiment, Z is C(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), or NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O).
[0383] In a further or alternative embodiment, each of R.sub.1,
R.sub.2, and R.sub.3 is H.
[0384] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of Formula (D1):
##STR00026##
wherein: [0385] L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, NH or S; [0386] Ar is a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl; [0387] Y is an optionally substituted
group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, alkylenearylene, alkylenehetroarylene,
alkylenecycloalkylene and alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0388] Z is
C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aC(.dbd.O), NR.sup.aS(.dbd.O), where
x is 1 or 2, and R.sup.a is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl; and either [0389] R.sub.7
and R.sub.8 are H; [0390] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); [0391]
R.sub.6 and R.sub.8 are H; [0392] R.sub.7 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); or [0393]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond; [0394] R.sub.6 is
H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylC.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylethers,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylamides, or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0395] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (D1). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0396] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (D1), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0397] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (D1). In another embodiment are
pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (D1). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0398] For any and all of the embodiments, substituents can be
selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives. For
example, in some embodiments, L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, or NH. In
other embodiments, L.sub.a is O or NH. In yet other embodiments,
L.sub.a is O.
[0399] In some embodiments, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted
aryl. In yet other embodiments, Ar is a 6-membered aryl. In some
other embodiments, Ar is phenyl.
[0400] In some embodiments, x is 2. In yet other embodiments, Z is
C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x. In some other embodiments,
Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), or S(.dbd.O).sub.2.
[0401] In some embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently
selected from among H, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together
form a bond. In yet other embodiments, each of R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
is H; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond.
[0402] In some embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.2alkyl-N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In some
other embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.2alkyl-N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In yet other
embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, --CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl). In some embodiments, R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
--CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl containing 1 or 2 N atoms), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1
or 2 N atoms).
[0403] In some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, cycloalkylene, and
heterocycloalkylene. In other embodiments, Y is an optionally
substituted group selected from among C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered
cycloalkylene, and 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkylene. In
yet other embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkylene, and
5-, or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In
some other embodiments, Y is a 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkylene, or
a 5-, or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N
atoms.
[0404] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of Formula (A2-A6):
##STR00027##
wherein [0405] A is independently selected from N or CR.sub.5;
[0406] R.sub.1 is H, L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle),
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl), or
L.sub.2-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), where L.sub.2 is a
bond, O, S, --S(.dbd.O), --S(.dbd.O).sub.2, C(.dbd.O),
-(substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkyl), or
-(substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenyl); [0407]
R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently selected from H, lower alkyl
and substituted lower alkyl; [0408] R.sub.4 is L.sub.3-X-L.sub.4-G,
wherein, [0409] L.sub.3 is optional, and when present is a bond,
optionally substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, optionally
substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, optionally substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl; [0410] X is optional, and when present is a bond, O,
--C(.dbd.O), S, --S(.dbd.O), --S(.dbd.O).sub.2, --NH, --NR.sub.9,
--NHC(O), --C(O)NH, --NR.sub.9C(O), --C(O)NR.sub.9,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2NH, --NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2NR.sub.9--, --NR.sub.9S(.dbd.O).sub.2,
--OC(O)NH--, --NHC(O)O--, --OC(O)NR.sub.9--, --NR.sub.9C(O)O--,
--CH.dbd.NO--, --ON.dbd.CH--, --NR.sub.10C(O)NR.sub.10--,
heteroaryl, aryl, --NR.sub.10C(.dbd.NR.sub.10NR.sub.10--,
--NR.sub.10C(.dbd.NR.sub.11)--, --C(.dbd.NR.sub.10NR.sub.10--,
--OC(.dbd.NR.sub.11)--, or --C(.dbd.NR.sub.11)O--; [0411] L.sub.4
is optional, and when present is a bond, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
[0412] or L.sub.3, X and L.sub.4 taken together form a nitrogen
containing heterocyclic ring; [0413] G is
[0413] ##STR00028## wherein, [0414] R.sub.6, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted
lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl; [0415] R.sub.5 is H, halogen,
-L.sub.6-(substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkyl),
-L.sub.6-(substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.4 alkenyl),
-L.sub.6-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl), or
-L.sub.6-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), wherein L.sub.6 is a
bond, O, S, --S(.dbd.O), S(.dbd.O).sub.2, NH, C(O), --NHC(O)O,
--OC(O)NH, --NHC(O), or --C(O)NH; [0416] each R.sub.9 is
independently selected from among H, substituted or unsubstituted
lower alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl;
[0417] each R.sub.10 is independently H, substituted or
unsubstituted lower alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted lower
cycloalkyl; or [0418] two R.sub.10 groups can together form a 5-,
6-, 7-, or 8-membered heterocyclic ring; or [0419] R.sub.9 and
R.sub.10 can together form a 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-membered heterocyclic
ring; or [0420] each R.sub.11 is independently selected from H,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sub.8, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2NH.sub.2, --C(O)R.sub.8,
--CN, --NO.sub.2, heteroaryl, or heteroalkyl; and pharmaceutically
active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates,
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable
prodrugs thereof.
[0421] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (A2-A6). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0422] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (A2-A6), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0423] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (A2-A6). In another embodiment
are pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (A2-A6). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0424] In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound of
Formula (A2-A6) has the following structure of Formula (B2-B6):
##STR00029## ##STR00030##
wherein: [0425] Y is alkylene or substituted alkylene, or a 4-, 5-,
or 6-membered cycloalkylene ring; [0426] each R.sub.a is
independently H, halogen, --CF.sub.3, --CN, --NO.sub.2, OH,
NH.sub.2, -L.sub.a-(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl),
-L.sub.a-(substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl),
-L.sub.a-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl), or
-L.sub.a-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), wherein L.sub.a is a
bond, O, S, --S(.dbd.O), --S(.dbd.O).sub.2, NH, C(O), CH.sub.2,
--NHC(O)O, --NHC(O), or --C(O)NH; [0427] G is
[0427] ##STR00031## wherein, [0428] R.sub.6, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted
lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl; [0429] R.sub.12 is H or lower
alkyl; or [0430] Y and R.sub.12 taken together form a 4-, 5-, or
6-membered heterocyclic ring; and [0431] pharmaceutically
acceptable active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0432] In further or alternative embodiments, G is selected from
among
##STR00032##
[0433] In further or alternative embodiments,
##STR00033##
is selected from among
##STR00034##
[0434] In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of
Formula (B2-B6) has the following structure of Formula (C2-C6):
##STR00035## ##STR00036## [0435] Y is alkylene or substituted
alkylene, or a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkylene ring; [0436]
R.sub.12 is H or lower alkyl; or [0437] Y and R.sub.12 taken
together form a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered heterocyclic ring; [0438] G
is
[0438] ##STR00037## wherein, [0439] R.sub.6, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted
lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or
unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl; and [0440] pharmaceutically
acceptable active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0441] In a further or alternative embodiment, the "G" group of any
of Formula (A2-A6), Formula (B2-B6), or Formula (C2-C6) is any
group that is used to tailor the physical and biological properties
of the molecule. Such tailoring/modifications are achieved using
groups which modulate Michael acceptor chemical reactivity,
acidity, basicity, lipophilicity, solubility and other physical
properties of the molecule. The physical and biological properties
modulated by such modifications to G include, by way of example
only, enhancing chemical reactivity of Michael acceptor group,
solubility, in vivo absorption, and in vivo metabolism. In
addition, in vivo metabolism includes, by way of example only,
controlling in vivo PK properties, off-target activities, potential
toxicities associated with cypP450 interactions, drug-drug
interactions, and the like. Further, modifications to G allow for
the tailoring of the in vivo efficacy of the compound through the
modulation of, by way of example, specific and non-specific protein
binding to plasma proteins and lipids and tissue distribution in
vivo.
[0442] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of Formula (D2-D6):
##STR00038## ##STR00039##
wherein [0443] L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, NH or S; [0444] Ar is an
optionally substituted aromatic carbocycle or an aromatic
heterocycle; [0445] Y is an optionally substituted alkylene,
heteroalkylene, carbocycloalkylene, heterocycloalkylene, or
combination thereof; [0446] Z is C(O), OC(O), NHC(O), C(S),
S(O).sub.x, OS(O).sub.x, NHS(O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; and
[0447] R.sub.6, R.sub.7, and R.sub.8 are independently selected
from H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, carbocycle, heterocycle, or
combinations thereof; and pharmaceutically active metabolites, or
pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable
salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0448] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (D2-D6). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0449] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (D2-D6), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0450] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (D2-D6). In another embodiment
are pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (D2-D6). Examples of N-acyl groups include N-acetyl and
N-ethoxycarbonyl groups.
[0451] In a further or alternative embodiment, L.sub.a is O.
[0452] In a further or alternative embodiment, Ar is phenyl.
[0453] In a further or alternative embodiment, Z is C(O).
[0454] In a further or alternative embodiment, each of R.sub.1,
R.sub.2, and R.sub.3 is H.
[0455] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of Formula (D2-D6):
##STR00040## ##STR00041##
wherein: [0456] L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, NH or S; [0457] Ar is a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl; [0458] Y is an optionally substituted
group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, cycloalkylene,
heterocycloalkylene, arylene, and heteroarylene; [0459] Z is
C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), C(.dbd.S), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; [0460]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl; or [0461] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
taken together form a bond; [0462] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0463] In another embodiment are provided pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds of Formula (D2-D6). By way of example
only, are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric
acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid. Further salts include those in which the
counterion is an anion, such as adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate,
digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate,
lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate,
propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate. Further salts
include those in which the counterion is an cation, such as sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and quaternary
ammonium (substituted with at least one organic moiety)
cations.
[0464] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable esters
of compounds of Formula (D2-D6), including those in which the ester
group is selected from a formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate,
acrylate and ethylsuccinate.
[0465] In another embodiment are pharmaceutically acceptable
carbamates of compounds of Formula (D2-D6). In another embodiment
are pharmaceutically acceptable N-acyl derivatives of compounds of
Formula (D2-D6).
[0466] For any and all of the embodiments, substituents can be
selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives. For
example, in some embodiments, L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, or NH. In
other embodiments, L.sub.a is O or NH. In yet other embodiments,
L.sub.a is O.
[0467] In some embodiments, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted
aryl. In yet other embodiments, Ar is a 6-membered aryl. In some
other embodiments, Ar is phenyl.
[0468] In some embodiments, x is 2. In yet other embodiments, Z is
C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x. In some other embodiments,
Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), or S(.dbd.O).sub.2.
[0469] In some embodiments, R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently
selected from among H, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together
form a bond. In yet other embodiments, each of R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
is H; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a bond.
[0470] In some embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.2alkyl-N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In some
other embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.2alkyl-N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl). In yet other
embodiments, R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, --CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl). In some embodiments, R.sub.6 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
--CH.sub.2--O--(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl),
--CH.sub.2--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkyl).sub.2,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(phenyl), or C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or
6-membered heteroaryl containing 1 or 2 N atoms), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1
or 2 N atoms).
[0471] In some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, cycloalkylene, and
heterocycloalkylene. In other embodiments, Y is an optionally
substituted group selected from among C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered
cycloalkylene, and 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkylene. In
yet other embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkylene, and
5-, or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In
some other embodiments, Y is a 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkylene, or
a 5-, or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N
atoms.
[0472] Any combination of the groups described above for the
various variables is contemplated herein.
[0473] In further aspects are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs) having
the structure of compounds of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6),
Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), including, but are not limited
to, compounds selected from the group consisting of:
##STR00042## ##STR00043## ##STR00044## ##STR00045## ##STR00046##
##STR00047## ##STR00048## ##STR00049##
[0474] In one aspect are compounds (including irreversible
inhibitors of ACKs, including Btk and its cysteine homologs)
selected from among:
(E)-4-(N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-methylamino)-1-(3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazo-
lo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)but-2-en-1-one (Compound 3);
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d-]pyrimidin-1-yl)--
3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 4);
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 5);
(E)-1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound 7);
(E)-N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-
-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide (Compound 8);
N-((1r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)acrylamide (Compound 10);
(E)-1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound
11);
(E)-1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound
12);
1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 13);
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 14);
1((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)me-
thyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 15);
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 16);
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 17);
(E)-N-((1,r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidi-
n-1-yl)cyclohexyl-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide (Compound 18);
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
-N-methylacrylamide (Compound 19);
(E)-1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)-4-
-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 20);
(E)-1-((S_-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound
21);
N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)but-2-ynamide (Compound 22);
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
acrylamide (Compound 23);
(E)-1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)piperidin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 24);
(E)-N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-
-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-4-morpholinobut-2-enamide (Compound 25).
[0475] The compounds of any of Formula (I), Formula (VII), Formula
(A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), or Formula (D1-D6)
irreversibly inhibit Btk and are optionally used to treat patients
suffering from Bruton's tyrosine kinase-dependent or Bruton's
tyrosine kinase mediated conditions or diseases, including, but not
limited to, cancer, autoimmune and other inflammatory diseases.
Preparation of Compounds
[0476] Compounds of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6),
Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII) are
optionally synthesized using standard synthetic techniques or using
such methods known in combination with methods described herein. In
additions, solvents, temperatures and other reaction conditions are
presented herein for illustration only, and not to limit the scope
of the methods and compositions described herein. As a further
guide the following synthetic methods may also be utilized.
[0477] The reactions are optionally employed in a linear sequence
to provide the compounds described herein or used to synthesize
fragments which are subsequently joined by the methods described
herein and/or documented elsewhere.
Formation of Covalent Linkages by Reaction of an Electrophile with
a Nucleophile
[0478] The compounds described herein can be modified using various
electrophiles or nucleophiles to form new functional groups or
substituents. Table 1 entitled "Examples of Covalent Linkages and
Precursors Thereof" lists selected examples of covalent linkages
and precursor functional groups which yield and can be used as
guidance toward the variety of electrophiles and nucleophiles
combinations available. Precursor functional groups are shown as
electrophilic groups and nucleophilic groups.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 Examples of Covalent Linkages and Precursors
Thereof Covalent Linkage Product Electrophile Nucleophile
Carboxamides Activated esters amines/anilines Carboxamides acyl
azides amines/anilines Carboxamides acyl halides amines/anilines
Esters acyl halides alcohols/phenols Esters acyl nitriles
alcohols/phenols Carboxamides acyl nitriles amines/anilines Imines
Aldehydes amines/anilines Hydrazones aldehydes or ketones
Hydrazines Oximes aldehydes or ketones Hydroxylamines Alkyl amines
alkyl halides amines/anilines Esters alkyl halides carboxylic acids
Thioethers alkyl halides Thiols Ethers alkyl halides
alcohols/phenols Thioethers alkyl sulfonates Thiols Esters alkyl
sulfonates carboxylic acids Ethers alkyl sulfonates
alcohols/phenols Esters Anhydrides alcohols/phenols Carboxamides
Anhydrides amines/anilines Thiophenols aryl halides Thiols Aryl
amines aryl halides Amines Thioethers Azindines Thiols Boronate
esters Boronates Glycols Carboxamides carboxylic acids
amines/anilines Esters carboxylic acids Alcohols hydrazines
Hydrazides carboxylic acids N-acylureas or Anhydrides carbodiimides
carboxylic acids Esters diazoalkanes carboxylic acids Thioethers
Epoxides Thiols Thioethers haloacetamides Thiols Ammotriazines
halotriazines amines/anilines Triazinyl ethers halotriazines
alcohols/phenols Amidines imido esters amines/anilines Ureas
Isocyanates amines/anilines Urethanes Isocyanates alcohols/phenols
Thioureas isothiocyanates amines/anilines Thioethers Maleimides
Thiols Phosphite esters phosphoramidites Alcohols Silyl ethers
silyl halides Alcohols Alkyl amines sulfonate esters
amines/anilines Thioethers sulfonate esters Thiols Esters sulfonate
esters carboxylic acids Ethers sulfonate esters Alcohols
Sulfonamides sulfonyl halides amines/anilines Sulfonate esters
sulfonyl halides phenols/alcohols Alkyl thiol
.alpha.,.beta.-unsaturated ester thiols Alkyl ethers
.alpha.,.beta.-unsaturated ester alcohols Alkyl amines
.alpha.,.beta.-unsaturated ester amines Alkyl thiol Vinyl sulfone
thiols Alkyl ethers Vinyl sulfone alcohols Alkyl amines Vinyl
sulfone amines Vinyl sulfide Propargyl amide thiol
Use of Protecting Groups
[0479] In the reactions described, it may be necessary to protect
reactive functional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, imino, thio
or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, to
avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. Protecting
groups are used to block some or all reactive moieties and prevent
such groups from participating in chemical reactions until the
protective group is removed. In one embodiment, each protective
group be removable by a different means. Protective groups that are
cleaved under totally disparate reaction conditions fulfill the
requirement of differential removal. Protective groups can be
removed by acid, base, and hydrogenolysis. Groups such as trityl,
dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile
and may be used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in
the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are
removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base
labile. Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may be
blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to,
methyl, ethyl, and acetyl in the presence of amines blocked with
acid labile groups such as t-butyl carbamate or with carbamates
that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically
removable.
[0480] Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may also be
blocked with hydrolytically removable protective groups such as the
benzyl group, while amine groups capable of hydrogen bonding with
acids may be blocked with base labile groups such as Fmoc.
Carboxylic acid reactive moieties may be protected by conversion to
simple ester compounds as exemplified herein, or they may be
blocked with oxidatively-removable protective groups such as
2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while co-existing amino groups may be blocked
with fluoride labile silyl carbamates.
[0481] Allyl blocking groups are useful in then presence of acid-
and base-protecting groups since the former are stable and can be
subsequently removed by metal or pi-acid catalysts. For example, an
allyl-blocked carboxylic acid can be deprotected with a
Pd.sup.0-catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butyl
carbamate or base-labile acetate amine protecting groups. Yet
another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or
intermediate may be attached. As long as the residue is attached to
the resin, that functional group is blocked and cannot react. Once
released from the resin, the functional group is available to
react.
[0482] Typically blocking/protecting groups may be selected
from:
##STR00050##
[0483] Other protecting groups, plus a detailed description of
techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and
their removal are described in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups
in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York,
N.Y., 1999, and Kocienski, Protective Groups, Thieme Verlag, New
York, N.Y., 1994, which are incorporated herein by reference for
such disclosure.
Synthesis of Compounds
[0484] In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of
making and methods of using tyrosine kinase inhibitor compounds
described herein. In certain embodiments, compounds described
herein can be synthesized using the following synthetic schemes.
Compounds may be synthesized using methodologies analogous to those
described below by the use of appropriate alternative starting
materials.
[0485] Described herein are compounds that inhibit the activity of
tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, and processes for their
preparation. Also described herein are pharmaceutically acceptable
salts, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically
active metabolites and pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs of such
compounds. Pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one
such compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, pharmaceutically active
metabolite or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug of such compound,
are provided.
[0486] The starting material used for the synthesis of the
compounds described herein is either synthesized or obtained from
commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Aldrich Chemical
Co. (Milwaukee, Wis.), Bachem (Torrance, Calif.), or Sigma Chemical
Co. (St. Louis, Mo.). The compounds described herein, and other
related compounds having different substituents are optionally
synthesized using techniques and materials, such as described, for
example, in March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4.sup.th Ed., (Wiley
1992); Carey and Sundberg, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4.sup.th Ed.,
Vols. A and B (Plenum 2000, 2001); Green and Wuts, PROTECTIVE
GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS 3.sup.rd Ed., (Wiley 1999); Fieser and
Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley
and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5
and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic
Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); and Larock's
Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989).
Other methods for the synthesis of compounds described herein may
be found in International Patent Publication No. WO 01/01982901,
Arnold et al. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 10
(2000) 2167-2170; Burchat et al. Bioorganic & Medicinal
Chemistry Letters 12 (2002) 1687-1690. As a guide the following
synthetic methods may be utilized.
[0487] The products of the reactions are optionally isolated and
purified, if desired, using conventional techniques, including, but
not limited to, filtration, distillation, crystallization,
chromatography and the like. Such materials are optionally
characterized using conventional means, including physical
constants and spectral data.
[0488] Compounds described herein are optionally prepared using the
synthetic methods described herein as a single isomer or a mixture
of isomers.
[0489] A non-limiting example of a synthetic approach towards the
preparation of compounds of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula
(B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula
(VII) is shown in Scheme I.
##STR00051## ##STR00052##
[0490] Halogenation of commercially available
1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine provides an entry into the
synthesis of compounds of Formula (A1-A6), (B1-B6), (C1-C6) and/or
(D1-D6). In one embodiment, 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine is
treated with N-iodosuccinamide to give
3-iodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. Metal catalyzed cross
coupling reactions are then carried out on
3-iodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. In one embodiment,
palladium mediated cross-coupling of a suitably substituted phenyl
boronic acid under basic conditions constructs intermediate 2.
Intermediate 2 is coupled with N-Boc-3-hydroxypiperidine (as
non-limiting example) via Mitsunobu reaction to give the Boc
(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) protected intermediate 3. After
deprotection with acid, coupling with, but not limited to, an acid
chloride, such as, but not limited to, acryloyl chloride, completes
the synthesis to give Compound 13.
[0491] A non-limiting example of a synthetic approach towards the
preparation of compounds containing the imidazotriazine moiety,
##STR00053##
is shown in Scheme II.
##STR00054## ##STR00055##
[0492] A non-limiting example of a synthetic approach towards the
preparation of compounds containing any imidazopyrazine moiety,
##STR00056##
is shown in Scheme III.
##STR00057##
[0493] A non-limiting example of a synthetic approach towards the
preparation of compounds containing the pyrrolopyrimidine
moiety,
##STR00058##
is shown in Scheme IV.
##STR00059##
[0494] A non-limiting example of a synthetic approach towards the
preparation of compounds containing the Azaindole moiety,
##STR00060##
is shown in Scheme V.
##STR00061##
[0495] A non-limiting example of a synthetic approach towards the
preparation of compounds containing the pyrrolopyrimidine
moiety,
##STR00062##
is shown in Scheme VI.
##STR00063##
[0496] Using the synthetic methods described herein, tyrosine
kinase inhibitors as disclosed herein are obtained in good yields
and purity. The compounds prepared by the methods disclosed herein
are purified by conventional means, such as, for example,
filtration, recrystallization, chromatography, distillation, and
combinations thereof.
[0497] Any combination of the groups described above for the
various variables is contemplated herein.
Further Forms of Compounds
[0498] Compounds disclosed herein have a structure of any of
Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6),
Formula (I), or Formula (VII). It is understood that when reference
is made to compounds described herein, it is meant to include
compounds of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), as well as
to all of the specific compounds that fall within the scope of
these generic formulae, unless otherwise indicated.
[0499] The compounds described herein may possess one or more
stereocenters and each center may exist in the R or S
configuration. The compounds presented herein include all
diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the
appropriate mixtures thereof. Stereoisomers may be obtained, if
desired, by methods such as, for example, the separation of
stereoisomers by chiral chromatographic columns.
[0500] Diasteromeric mixtures can be separated into their
individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical
differences by methods known, for example, by chromatography and/or
fractional crystallization. In one embodiment, enantiomers can be
separated by chiral chromatographic columns. In other embodiments,
enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture
into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate
optically active compound (e.g., alcohol), separating the
diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual
diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. All such
isomers, including diastereomers, enantiomers, and mixtures thereof
are considered as part of the compositions described herein.
[0501] The methods and formulations described herein include the
use of N-oxides, crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or
pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds described herein, as
well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type
of activity. In some situations, compounds exist as tautomers. All
tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented
herein. In addition, the compounds described herein can exist in
unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically
acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The
solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also
considered to be disclosed herein.
[0502] Compounds of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6),
Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII) in
unoxidized form can be prepared from N-oxides of compounds of any
of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula
(D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII) by treating with a reducing
agent, such as, but not limited to, sulfur, sulfur dioxide,
triphenyl phosphine, lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride,
phosphorus trichloride, tribromide, or the like in a suitable inert
organic solvent, such as, but not limited to, acetonitrile,
ethanol, aqueous dioxane, or the like at 0 to 80.degree. C.
[0503] In some embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared
as prodrugs. A "prodrug" refers to an agent that is converted into
the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some
situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug.
They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration
whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved
solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. An
example, without limitation, of a prodrug is a compound described
herein, which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug") to
facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water
solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is
metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity,
once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial. A
further example of a prodrug is a short peptide (polyaminoacid)
bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal
the active moiety. In certain embodiments, upon in vivo
administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the
biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of
the compound. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically
metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically,
pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. To
produce a prodrug, a pharmaceutically active compound is modified
such that the active compound will be regenerated upon in vivo
administration. The prodrug can be designed to alter the metabolic
stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side
effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter
other characteristics or properties of a drug. By virtue of
knowledge of pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo,
once a pharmaceutically active compound is known, prodrugs of
compounds can be designed (if desired) (for examples of this
procedure applied to other compounds, see, e.g., Nogrady (1985)
Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University
Press, New York, pages 388-392; Silverman (1992), The Organic
Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, Academic Press, Inc., San
Diego, pages 352-401, Saulnier et al., (1994), Bioorganic and
Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 4, p. 1985).
[0504] Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the
prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a derivative as set forth
herein are included within the scope of the claims. In some cases,
some of the compounds herein-described are prodrugs for another
derivative or active compound.
[0505] Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they
are easier to administer than the parent drug. They are, for
instance, bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is
not. The prodrug optionally has improved solubility in
pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. Prodrugs may be
designed as reversible drug derivatives, for use as modifiers to
enhance drug transport to site-specific tissues. In some
embodiments, the design of a prodrug increases the effective water
solubility. See, e.g., Fedorak et al., Am. J. Physiol.,
269:G210-218 (1995); McLoed et al., Gastroenterol, 106:405-413
(1994); Hochhaus et al., Biomed. Chrom., 6:283-286 (1992); J.
Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Int. J. Pharmaceutics, 37, 87 (1987); J.
Larsen et al., Int. J. Pharmaceutics, 47, 103 (1988); Sinkula et
al., J. Pharm. Sci., 64:181-210 (1975); T. Higuchi and V. Stella,
Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S.
Symposium Series; and Edward B. Roche, Bioreversible Carriers in
Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon
Press, 1987, all incorporated by reference for such disclosure.
[0506] Sites on the aromatic ring portion of compounds of any of
Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6),
Formula (I), or Formula (VII) can be susceptible to various
metabolic reactions, therefore incorporation of appropriate
substituents on the aromatic ring structures, such as, by way of
example only, halogens can reduce, minimize or eliminate this
metabolic pathway.
[0507] Compounds described herein include isotopically-labeled
compounds, which are identical to those recited in the various
formulas and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one
or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass
number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found
in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the
present compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen,
oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, such as .sup.2H, .sup.3H, .sup.13C,
.sup.14C, .sup.15N, .sup.18O, .sup.17O, .sup.35S, .sup.18F,
.sup.36Cl, respectively. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds
described herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes
such as .sup.3H and .sup.14C are incorporated, are useful in drug
and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Further, substitution
with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., .sup.2H, can afford certain
therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability,
for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage
requirements.
[0508] In additional or further embodiments, the compounds
described herein are metabolized upon administration to an organism
in need to produce a metabolite that is then used to produce a
desired effect, including a desired therapeutic effect.
[0509] Compounds described herein (for example, compounds of any of
Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6),
Formula (I), or Formula (VII)) are optionally in the form of,
and/or used as, pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The type of
pharmaceutical acceptable salts, include, but are not limited to:
(1) acid addition salts, formed) by reacting the free base form of
the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid
such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric
acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with
an organic acid such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid,
cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic
acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric
acid, trifluoroacetic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic
acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic
acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid,
1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid,
benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic
acid, 4-methylbicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid,
glucoheptonic acid, 4,4'-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic
acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary
butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic
acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic
acid, and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present
in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an
alkali metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), an alkaline
earth ion (e.g. magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion; or
coordinates with an organic base. Acceptable organic bases include
ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine,
N-methylglucamine, and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases include
aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium
carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like.
[0510] The corresponding counterions of the pharmaceutically
acceptable salts are optionally analyzed and identified using
various methods including, but not limited to, ion exchange
chromatography, ion chromatography, capillary electrophoresis,
inductively coupled plasma, atomic absorption spectroscopy, mass
spectrometry, or any combination thereof.
[0511] The salts are recovered by using at least one of the
following techniques: filtration, precipitation with a non-solvent
followed by filtration, evaporation of the solvent, or, in the case
of aqueous solutions, lyophilization.
[0512] It should be understood that a reference to a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition
forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or
polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or
non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are optionally formed
during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically
acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates
are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed
when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates of compounds described herein
can be conveniently prepared or formed during the processes
described herein. In addition, the compounds provided herein can
exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the
solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms
for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
[0513] It should be understood that a reference to a salt includes
the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly
solvates or polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or
non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are often formed
during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically
acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates
are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed
when the solvent is alcohol. Polymorphs include the different
crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a
compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction
patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness,
crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, and
solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent,
rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single
crystal form to dominate.
[0514] Compounds described herein are optionally in various forms,
including but not limited to, amorphous forms, milled forms and
nano-particulate forms. In addition, compounds described herein
include crystalline forms, also known as polymorphs. Polymorphs
include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same
elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have
different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting
points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical
properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the
recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage
temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
[0515] The screening and characterization of the pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, polymorphs and/or solvates may be accomplished
using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to,
thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, spectroscopy, vapor sorption,
and microscopy. Thermal analysis methods address thermo chemical
degradation or thermo physical processes including, but not limited
to, polymorphic transitions, and such methods are used to analyze
the relationships between polymorphic forms, determine weight loss,
to find the glass transition temperature, or for excipient
compatibility studies. Such methods include, but are not limited
to, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Modulated Differential
Scanning calorimetry (MDCS), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), and
Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis (TG/IR). X-ray diffraction
methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal and powder
diffractometers and synchrotron sources. The various spectroscopic
techniques used include, but are not limited to, Raman, FTIR, UVIS,
and NMR (liquid and solid state). The various microscopy techniques
include, but are not limited to, polarized light microscopy,
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) with Energy Dispersive X-Ray
Analysis (EDX), Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy with EDX
(in gas or water vapor atmosphere), IR microscopy, and Raman
microscopy.
Cysteine-Targeted Kinase Inhibitor Discovery Platform
Kinases/Inhibitors SAR Approach
[0516] Protein kinases, which act on and modify the activity of
specific proteins, are used to transmit signals and control complex
processes in cells. Up to 518 different kinases have been
identified in humans. Many kinase inhibitor compounds
non-selectively bind and/or inhibit these kinases because the
active sites of some of these kinases are similar in structure.
Such cross-reactivity is not a desired feature of a kinase
inhibitor compound because of the potential for undesired side
effects when such a compound is being administered to treat a
disease or condition.
[0517] We have observed that small differences in the structure of
kinase inhibitor compounds have profound effects in the selectivity
of similarly-structured kinases (e.g., ACKs, including, Btk and the
Btk kinase cysteine homologs).
[0518] As a result, we have developed assays, methods, and systems
for converting a non-selective inhibitor compound into a
highly-selective inhibitor compound. In brief, the non-selective
inhibitor compound is provided with a Michael acceptor moiety and a
linker moiety that links the Michael acceptor moiety to the
remainder of the non-selective inhibitor compound. A series of
linker and Michael acceptor moieties provides a small library/panel
of test inhibitor compounds. The inhibitor library/panel is
contacted with a panel of structurally related kinases (e.g., Btk
and the Btk kinase cysteine homologs). Binding is determined by a
variety of means, included fluorescence detection (or via any other
detectable label), mass spectrometry, or a combination of
approaches. An Activity Probe is optionally used to detect binding
of members of the inhibitor library/panel to the kinase
library/panel. The binding data is then optionally collected and
analyzed to provide a structure-activity relationship (SAR) between
the structure of the members of the inhibitor panel/library (e.g.,
Michael acceptor and/or linker moieties) and the activity of
binding to and/or inhibiting members of the kinase panel. Based on
this information, further modifications are suggested if necessary.
We have successfully used this approach to improve the binding and
selectivity of Btk inhibitor compounds (see Examples herein,
including "Kinase Inhibitor Discovery Platform" example
section).
[0519] A similar approach can be use for converting a selective
inhibitor compound for a group of similarly-structured ACKs
(including, Btk and the Btk kinase cysteine homologs) into a more
highly-selective inhibitor compound (e.g., more selective for a
particular ACK over structurally-similar ACKs), or for converting a
selective inhibitor compound for a particular ACK (e.g., Btk) into
an even more selective inhibitor of that particular ACK. For
example, in brief, the selective inhibitor compound (which, for
example, contains an active-site binding moiety, a linker moiety
and a Michael acceptor moiety) is modified. In one embodiment, a
series of linker and Michael acceptor moieties provides a small
library/panel of test inhibitor compounds. The inhibitor
library/panel is contacted with a panel of structurally related
kinases (e.g., Btk and the Btk kinase cysteine homologs). Binding
is determined by a variety of means, included fluorescence
detection (or via any other detectable label), mass spectrometry,
or a combination of approaches. An Activity Probe is optionally
used to detect binding of members of the inhibitor library/panel to
the kinase library/panel. The binding data is then optionally
collected and analyzed to provide a structure-activity relationship
(SAR) between the structure of the members of the inhibitor
panel/library (e.g., Michael acceptor and/or linker moieties) and
the activity of binding to and/or inhibiting members of the kinase
panel. Based on this information, further modifications are
suggested if necessary. We have also successfully used this
approach to improve the binding and selectivity of Btk inhibitor
compounds (see Examples herein, including "Kinase Inhibitor
Discovery Platform" example section).
[0520] Thus, for our highly selective BTK inhibitor Compound 1, we
engineered an electrophilic center capable of irreversibly
inactivating the target enzyme, BTK. That is, to an active site
binding moiety of a reversible inhibitor was added a linker moiety
and a Michael acceptor moiety that achieved a high degree of
potency and selectivity by (1) fitting the core scaffold into the
active site ATP binding pocket of kinase enzymes, and (2) forming a
covalent bond with Cysteine-481 located in BTK. The chemistry
required for covalent bond formation involves an electrophilic
moiety that acts as a Michael acceptor, which bonds with a
nucleophile (such as Cys-481) present in a precise location within
the active site.
[0521] In another example, the linker and Michael acceptor moiety
of Compound 1 was modified to provide Compound 9 which has a
different selectivity pattern. Table 1 is a table showing the
degree of inhibition of a panel of kinases for two example
compounds. IC.sub.50s were determined using the in vitro HotSpot
kinase assay (purified enzymes, 33P-ATP, an appropriate substrate
and 1 uM ATP.) Compared to Compound 1, Compound 9 has similar
potency toward Btk, but significantly less potency toward JAK-3,
ITK, and EGFR and significantly more potency toward the src-family
kinases lck, c-src, FGR, Fyn, Hck, and Lyn and Yes. Thus, subtle
modifications in the linker moiety and the Michael acceptor moiety
are important for the design of selective ACK inhibitors.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 1 Compound 1 Compound 9 Kinase IC50 (nM) IC50
(nM) BTK 0.5 1.0 ITK 11.7 909.9 Bmx/ETK 0.8 1.1 TEC 77.8 108.0 EFGR
0.5 20.6 HER2 9.4 1536.0 HER4 0.1 3.2 LCK 2.0 1.0 BLK 0.5 0.2 C-src
262.6 14.3 FGR 2.3 0.4 Fyn 95.6 7.1 HCK 3.7 1.0 Lyn 16.2 1.2 YES
6.5 0.8 ABL 86.1 32.3 Brk 3.3 3.3 CSK 2.2 2.4 FER 8,070.0 3,346.0
JAK3 10.4 8,278.0 SYK >10,000 >10,000
[0522] Table 2 of Example 1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and
Pulse Dosing" section of the examples section provides further
modifications of the linker moiety and/or the Michael acceptor
moiety and the impact of such changes of inhibitor selectivity.
[0523] Thus, in one aspect described herein are methods of
identifying an irreversible inhibitor of a kinase selected from
Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine homolog (or indeed,
any ACK) comprising: [0524] (1) contacting a multiplicity of
kinases selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog (or indeed any ACK) with a compound that comprises a
Michael acceptor moiety; [0525] (2) contacting at least one
non-kinase molecule having at least one accessible SH group with
the compound that comprises a Michael acceptor moiety (this step
allows for the selection of inhibitors that have low selectivity
for higher abundance biological molecules that have moieties that
irreversibly react with the inhibitor; thus preventing the
inhibitor from binding to the desire ACK when administered as a
drug to a patient); and [0526] (3) determining the covalent binding
of the compound that comprises a Michael acceptor with the
multiplicity of kinases and the at least one non-kinase molecule;
and repeating steps (1), (2), and (3) for at least one other
compound that comprises a Michael acceptor moiety.
[0527] In a further aspect, the following steps are added: (4)
comparing the covalent binding of the compound that comprises a
Michael acceptor with the multiplicity of kinases and the at least
one non-kinase molecule; and repeating steps (1), (2), (3) and (4)
for at least one other compound that comprises a Michael acceptor
moiety.
[0528] In a further aspect the irreversible inhibitor compounds are
also contacted with at least one non-ACK kinase in order to
determine the selectivity of the irreversible inhibitor compound
for the ACK relative to the non-ACK.
[0529] By way of certain relevant examples of non-kinase molecules
with at least one accessible SH group are glutathione and/or
hemoglobin. Because of the high abundance of these molecules in
typical biological systems (e.g., in a patient), the desired
irreversible inhibitor compounds have low selectivity/reactivity
with these non-kinase molecules.
[0530] In certain embodiments of the Kinase Inhibitor Discovery
Platform, an Activity Probe (described in more detail herein) is
used as a rapid diagnostic method for determining whether a test
inhibitor compound has irreversibly inhibited an ACK. In one
embodiment, the Activity Probe is itself an irreversible inhibitor
of an ACK, and further, has a reporter moiety (e.g., a fluorescent
moiety) as part of its structure. When used in competition with a
test irreversible inhibitor, the absence of a `reporter` signal on
an ACK is one indication that the test irreversible inhibitor has
prevented the Activity Probe from binding to the ACK (and that the
test irreversible inhibitor has a higher binding affinity for the
ACK than the Activity Probe).
[0531] In certain embodiments, the Kinase Inhibitor Discovery
Platform, steps (1) and (2) are conducted in vivo and step (3) is
conducted in part using an Activity Probe. Further, in certain
embodiments, the determining step uses mass spectrometry,
fluorescence, or a combination thereof.
[0532] As described herein, in one embodiment, the inhibitor tested
with the Kinase Inhibitor Discovery Platform comprise an active
site binding moiety, a Michael acceptor moiety, and a linker moiety
that links the Michael acceptor moiety to the active site binding
moiety. For example, in such a scheme, the following information is
collected and analyzed: the structure-function activity
relationship between the structure of the linker moiety and/or the
Michael acceptor moiety of each compound, and the binding and/or
selectivity of each compound to at least one kinase. Further, in
certain embodiments, structure of the active site binding moiety of
each compound is not varied, whereas the structure of the linker
moiety and/or the Michael acceptor moiety is varied.
[0533] In one example, the inhibitors have the structure of Formula
(VII):
##STR00064##
wherein: [0534] wherein is a moiety that binds to the active site
of a kinase, including a tyrosine kinase, further including a Btk
kinase cysteine homolog; [0535] Y is an optionally substituted
group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; [0536] Z is C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), C(.dbd.S), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; [0537]
R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl; or [0538] R.sub.7 and R.sub.8
taken together form a bond; and [0539] R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl).
[0540] In such a scheme, the following information is collected and
analyzed: the structure-function activity relationship between the
structure of Y--Z and/or
##STR00065##
of each compound, and the binding and/or selectivity of each
compound to at least one kinase. Further, the structure of each
compound is not varied, whereas the structure of the linker moiety
(Y--Z) and/or the Michael acceptor moiety
##STR00066##
is varied.
[0541] In certain embodiments of the Kinase Inhibitor Discovery
Platform, the resulting inhibitor is selective for one kinase
selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, and a Btk kinase cysteine homolog
over at least one other kinase selected from Btk, a Btk homolog,
and a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In some embodiments, this
selectivity is at least 5.times., at least 10.times., at least
20.times., at least 50.times., or at least 100.times.. In further
embodiments, the resulting inhibitor is selective for at least one
kinase selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, and a Btk kinase cysteine
homolog over at least one other non-kinase molecule having an
accessible SH group. In some embodiments, this selectivity is at
least 5.times., at least 10.times., at least 20.times., at least
50.times., or at least 100.times..
[0542] In further embodiments, the resulting inhibitor is used in
the therapeutic methods described herein, or in the pharmaceutical
compositions described herein.
[0543] Activity Probe Compounds
[0544] Because of the Kinase Inhibitor Discovery Platform described
herein optionally utilizes an Activity Probe, the following section
describes the design, structure and use of non-limiting examples of
Activity Probes.
[0545] The Activity Probe compounds described herein are composed
of a moiety comprising an inhibitor of Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a
Btk kinase cysteine homolog (hereinafter, a "Kinase Inhibitor"), a
linker moiety, and a reporter moiety. In one embodiment, the Kinase
Inhibitor is an irreversible inhibitor. In another embodiment, the
irreversible Kinase Inhibitor binds to a non-catalytic residue in
the ATP binding pocket of Btk, a Btk homolog and/or a Btk kinase
cysteine homolog (hereinafter a "Kinase"); in further embodiments,
the non-catalytic residue is a cysteine residue. In some
embodiments, the Activity Probe forms a covalent bond with at least
one non-catalytic residue of a Kinase. In other embodiments, the
Activity Probe forms a non-covalent bond with at least one
non-catalytic residue of a Kinase. In a further embodiment, the
Activity Probe forms hydrogen bonding within the ATP binding pocket
of a Kinase. In yet a further embodiment, the Activity Probe has
Van der Waals attractions with the Kinase.
[0546] In some other embodiments, the Activity Probes described
herein are activity dependent such that the probe binds only an
active Kinase. In further embodiments, the Activity Probe binds a
Kinase that has been switched on by phosphorylation by upstream
kinases. In yet a further embodiment, the Activity Probes described
herein are activity independent such that the probe binds Kinases
that have not been switched on by phosphorylation by upstream
kinases. In some embodiments, the Activity Probe labels a
phosphorylated conformation of a Kinase. In other embodiments, the
Activity Probe labels a Kinase in a non-phosphorylated
conformation.
[0547] In some embodiments, the Activity Probe is permeable to
cells.
[0548] In further embodiments, the linker moiety is selected from a
bond, a substituted alkyl moiety, a substituted heterocycle moiety,
a substituted amide moiety, a ketone moiety, a substituted
carbamate moiety, an ester moiety, or any combination thereof. In
further embodiments, the reporter moiety is a moiety that is
detected using standard or modified laboratory equipment.
[0549] In one aspect is a Activity Probe of Formula (I)
comprising:
##STR00067##
wherein: [0550] A is a Kinase Inhibitor moiety; [0551] X and Y are
independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond,
--O(C.dbd.O)--, --NR.sup.a(C.dbd.O)--, --NR.sup.a--,
[0551] ##STR00068## --O--, --S--, --S--S--, --O(C.dbd.O)O--,
--O(C.dbd.O)NR.sup.a, --NR.sup.a(C.dbd.O)NR.sup.a--,
--N.dbd.CR.sup.a--, --S(C.dbd.O)--, --S(O)--, and --S(O).sub.2--;
[0552] wherein
[0552] ##STR00069## forms a N-containing heterocycle; [0553] B is a
linker moiety; [0554] C is a reporter moiety; and [0555] R.sup.a is
hydrogen or alkyl.
[0556] In one embodiment, the moiety comprising an irreversible
Kinase Inhibitor is derived from an irreversible inhibitor of a
Kinase. In some embodiments, such irreversible Kinase Inhibitors
should possess at least one of the following characteristics:
potency, selectively and cell permeability. In further embodiments,
such irreversible Kinase Inhibitors possess at least two of the
aforementioned characteristics, and in further embodiments, at
least all of the aforementioned characteristics.
[0557] In another embodiment, the Kinase Inhibitor moiety is
derived from a Btk inhibitor having the structure of Formula
(II):
##STR00070##
wherein: [0558] L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, NH or S; [0559] Ar is a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl; and [0560] Y is an optionally substituted
group selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene.
[0561] In some embodiments, L.sub.a is CH.sub.2, O, or NH. In other
embodiments, L.sub.a is O or NH. In yet other embodiments, L.sub.a
is O.
[0562] In other embodiments, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted
aryl. In yet other embodiments, Ar is a 6-membered aryl. In some
other embodiments, Ar is phenyl.
[0563] In some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group
selected from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene,
heteroarylene, heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene. In other embodiments, Y is an
optionally substituted group selected from among
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene, C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene, 4-, 5-, 6-,
or 7-membered cycloalkylene, and 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered
heterocycloalkylene. In yet other embodiments, Y is an optionally
substituted group selected from among C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkylene,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6heteroalkylene 5- or 6-membered cycloalkylene, and
5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In
some other embodiments, Y is a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkylene, or a
5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkylene containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In
some embodiments, Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycloalkylene
ring; or Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkylene
ring.
[0564] In some embodiments, the Kinase Inhibitor moiety is derived
from a compound selected from among:
1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)but-2-en-1-one;
1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)sulfonylethene;
1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)prop-2-yn-1-one;
1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)acrylamide;
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)py-
rrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
1-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)py-
rrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one;
1-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one; and
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one;
(E)-4-(N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-methylamino)-1-(3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazo-
lo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)but-2-en-1-one (Compound 3);
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)-3-
-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 4);
(E)-1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 5);
(E)-1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound 7);
(E)-N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-
-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide (Compound 8);
N-((1r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)acrylamide (Compound 10);
(E)-1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound
11);
(E)-1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (Compound
12);
1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 13);
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 14);
1((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)me-
thyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 15);
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 16);
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 17);
(E)-N-((1,r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidi-
n-1-yl)cyclohexyl-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide (Compound 18);
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
-N-methylacrylamide (Compound 19);
(E)-1-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)-4-
-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 20);
(E)-1-((S_-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound
21);
N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)but-2-ynamide (Compound 22);
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
acrylamide (Compound 23);
(E)-1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)piperidin-1-yl)-4-morpholinobut-2-en-1-one (Compound 24);
(E)-N-((1s,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-
-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-4-morpholinobut-2-enamide (Compound 25).
[0565] In another embodiment, the linker moiety is selected from a
bond, a polymer, a water soluble polymer, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted
heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted
heterocycloalkylalkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted
heterocycloalkylalkenylalkyl. In some embodiments, the linker
moiety is an optionally substituted heterocycle. In other
embodiments, the heterocycle is selected from aziridine, oxirane,
episulfide, azetidine, oxetane, pyrroline, tetrahydrofuran,
tetrahydrothiophene, pyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrrole, imidazole,
triazole, tetrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, oxirene, thiazole,
isothiazole, dithiolane, furan, thiophene, piperidine,
tetrahydropyran, thiane, pyridine, pyran, thiapyrane, pyridazine,
pyrimidine, pyrazine, piperazine, oxazine, thiazine, dithiane, and
dioxane. In some embodiments, the heterocycle is piperazine. In
further embodiments, the linker moiety is optionally substituted
with halogen, CN, OH, NO.sub.2, alkyl, S(O), and S(O).sub.2. In
other embodiments, the water soluble polymer is a PEG group.
[0566] In other embodiments, the linker moiety provides sufficient
spatial separation between the reporter moiety and the Kinase
Inhibitor moiety. In further embodiments, the linker moiety is
stable. In yet a further embodiment, the linker moiety does not
substantially affect the response of the reporter moiety. In other
embodiments the linker moiety provides chemical stability to the
Activity Probe. In further embodiments, the linker moiety provides
sufficient solubility to the Activity Probe.
[0567] In some embodiments, linkages such as water soluble polymers
are coupled at one end to a Kinase Inhibitor moiety and to a
reporter moiety at the other end. In other embodiments, the water
soluble polymers are coupled via a functional group or substituent
of the Kinase Inhibitor moiety. In further embodiments, the water
soluble polymers are coupled via a functional group or substituent
of the reporter moiety. In other embodiments, covalent attachment
of hydrophilic polymers to a Kinase Inhibitor moiety and a reporter
moiety represents one approach to increasing water solubility (such
as in a physiological environment), bioavailability, increasing
serum half-life, increasing pharmacodynamic parameters, or
extending the circulation time of the Activity Probe, including
proteins, peptides, and particularly hydrophobic molecules. In
further embodiments, additional important features of such
hydrophilic polymers include biocompatibility and lack of toxicity.
In other embodiments, for therapeutic use of the end-product
preparation, the polymer is pharmaceutically acceptable.
[0568] In some embodiments, examples of hydrophilic polymers
include, but are not limited to: polyalkyl ethers and alkoxy-capped
analogs thereof (e.g., polyoxyethylene glycol,
polyoxyethylene/propylene glycol, and methoxy or ethoxy-capped
analogs thereof, polyoxyethylene glycol, the latter is also known
as polyethylene glycol or PEG); polyvinylpyrrolidones;
polyvinylalkyl ethers; polyoxazolines, polyalkyl oxazolines and
polyhydroxyalkyl oxazolines; polyacrylamides, polyalkyl
acrylamides, and polyhydroxyalkyl acrylamides (e.g.,
polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide and derivatives thereof);
polyhydroxyalkyl acrylates; polysialic acids and analogs thereof;
hydrophilic peptide sequences; polysaccharides and their
derivatives, including dextran and dextran derivatives, e.g.,
carboxymethyldextran, dextran sulfates, aminodextran; cellulose and
its derivatives, e.g., carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl
celluloses; chitin and its derivatives, e.g., chitosan, succinyl
chitosan, carboxymethylchitin, carboxymethylchitosan; hyaluronic
acid and its derivatives; starches; alginates; chondroitin sulfate;
albumin; pullulan and carboxymethyl pullulan; polyaminoacids and
derivatives thereof, e.g., polyglutamic acids, polylysines,
polyaspartic acids, polyaspartamides; maleic anhydride copolymers
such as: styrene maleic anhydride copolymer, divinylethyl ether
maleic anhydride copolymer; polyvinyl alcohols; copolymers thereof;
terpolymers thereof; mixtures thereof; and derivatives of the
foregoing. In other embodiments, the water soluble polymer is any
structural form including but not limited to linear, forked or
branched. In some embodiments, polymer backbones that are
water-soluble, with from 2 to about 300 termini, are particularly
useful. In further embodiments, multifunctional polymer derivatives
include, but are not limited to, linear polymers having two
termini, each terminus being bonded to a functional group which is
the same or different. In some embodiments, the water polymer
comprises a poly(ethylene glycol) moiety. In further embodiments,
the molecular weight of the polymer is of a wide range, including
but not limited to, between about 100 Da and about 100,000 Da or
more. In yet further embodiments, the molecular weight of the
polymer is between about 100 Da and about 100,000 Da, including but
not limited to, about 100,000 Da, about 95,000 Da, about 90,000 Da,
about 85,000 Da, about 80,000 Da, about 75,000 Da, about 70,000 Da,
about 65,000 Da, about 60,000 Da, about 55,000 Da, about 50,000 Da,
about 45,000 Da, about 40,000 Da, about 35,000 Da, 30,000 Da, about
25,000 Da, about 20,000 Da, about 15,000 Da, about 10,000 Da, about
9,000 Da, about 8,000 Da, about 7,000 Da, about 6,000 Da, about
5,000 Da, about 4,000 Da, about 3,000 Da, about 2,000 Da, about
1,000 Da, about 900 Da, about 800 Da, about 700 Da, about 600 Da,
about 500 Da, about 400 Da, about 300 Da, about 200 Da, and about
100 Da. In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the polymer is
between about 100 Da and 50,000 Da. In some embodiments, the
molecular weight of the polymer is between about 100 Da and 40,000
Da. In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the polymer is
between about 1,000 Da and 40,000 Da. In some embodiments, the
molecular weight of the polymer is between about 5,000 Da and
40,000 Da. In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the polymer
is between about 10,000 Da and 40,000 Da. In some embodiments, the
poly(ethylene glycol) molecule is a branched polymer. In further
embodiments, the molecular weight of the branched chain PEG is
between about 1,000 Da and about 100,000 Da, including but not
limited to, about 100,000 Da, about 95,000 Da, about 90,000 Da,
about 85,000 Da, about 80,000 Da, about 75,000 Da, about 70,000 Da,
about 65,000 Da, about 60,000 Da, about 55,000 Da, about 50,000 Da,
about 45,000 Da, about 40,000 Da, about 35,000 Da, about 30,000 Da,
about 25,000 Da, about 20,000 Da, about 15,000 Da, about 10,000 Da,
about 9,000 Da, about 8,000 Da, about 7,000 Da, about 6,000 Da,
about 5,000 Da, about 4,000 Da, about 3,000 Da, about 2,000 Da, and
about 1,000 Da. In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the
branched chain PEG is between about 1,000 Da and about 50,000 Da.
In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the branched chain PEG
is between about 1,000 Da and about 40,000 Da. In some embodiments,
the molecular weight of the branched chain PEG is between about
5,000 Da and about 40,000 Da. In some embodiments, the molecular
weight of the branched chain PEG is between about 5,000 Da and
about 20,000 Da. The foregoing list for substantially water soluble
backbones is by no means exhaustive and is merely illustrative, and
in some embodiments, the polymeric materials having the qualities
described above suitable for use in methods and compositions
described herein.
[0569] In further embodiments, the number of water soluble polymers
linked to a Kinase Inhibitor moiety and a reporter moiety described
herein is adjusted to provide an altered (including but not limited
to, increased or decreased) pharmacologic, pharmacokinetic or
pharmacodynamic characteristic such as in vivo half-life. In some
embodiments, the half-life of the Activity Probe is increased at
least about 10, about 20, about 30, about 40, about 50, about 60,
about 70, about 80, about 90 percent, about two fold, about
five-fold, about 10-fold, about 50-fold, or at least about 100-fold
over a Activity Probe without a water soluble linker
[0570] In another embodiment, X is selected from the group
consisting of: a bond, --O(C.dbd.O)--, --NR.sup.a(C.dbd.O)--,
--NR.sup.a--,
##STR00071##
--O--, --S--, --S--S--, --O--NR.sup.a--, --O(C.dbd.O)O--,
--O(C.dbd.O)NR.sup.a, --NR.sup.a(C.dbd.O)NR.sup.a--,
--N.dbd.CR.sup.a--, --S(C.dbd.O)--, --S(O)--, and --S(O).sub.2--;
wherein
##STR00072##
forms a N-containing heterocycle. In one embodiment, X is
NR.sup.a(C.dbd.O). In another embodiment, X is a bond. In another
embodiment, X is --O(C.dbd.O)--. In a further embodiment, Y is
selected from the group consisting of: a bond, --O(C.dbd.O)--,
--NR.sup.a(C.dbd.O)--, --NR.sup.a--,
##STR00073##
--O--, --S--, --S--S--, --O--NR.sup.a--, --O(C.dbd.O)O--,
--O(C.dbd.O)NR.sup.a, --NR.sup.a(C.dbd.O)NR.sup.a--,
--N.dbd.CR.sup.a--, --S(C.dbd.O)--, --S(O)--, and --S(O).sub.2--;
wherein
##STR00074##
forms a N-containing heterocycle. In yet a further embodiment, Y is
a bond. In one embodiment, Y is --NR.sup.a(C.dbd.O)--. In yet
another embodiment, R.sup.a is hydrogen. In yet a further
embodiment, R.sup.a is alkyl.
[0571] In a further embodiment, the reporter moiety is selected
from the group consisting of a label, a dye, a photocrosslinker, a
cytotoxic compound, a drug, an affinity label, a photoaffinity
label, a reactive compound, an antibody or antibody fragment, a
biomaterial, a nanoparticle, a spin label, a fluorophore, a
metal-containing moiety, a radioactive moiety, a novel functional
group, a group that covalently or noncovalently interacts with
other molecules, a photocaged moiety, an actinic radiation
excitable moiety, a ligand, a photoisomerizable moiety, biotin, a
biotin analog, a moiety incorporating a heavy atom, a chemically
cleavable group, a photocleavable group, a redox-active agent, an
isotopically labeled moiety, a biophysical probe, a phosphorescent
group, a chemiluminescent group, an electron dense group, a
magnetic group, an intercalating group, a chromophore, an energy
transfer agent, a biologically active agent, a detectable label, or
a combination thereof.
[0572] In another embodiment, the reporter moiety is a fluorophore.
In a further embodiment, the fluorophore is selected from the group
consisting of: BODIPY 493/503, BODIPY FL, BODIPY R6G, BODIPY
530/550, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570, BODIPY
576/589, BODIPY 581/591, BODIPY TR, Fluorescein,
5(6)-Carboxyfluorescein, 2,7-Dichlorofluorescein,
N,N-Bis(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-3,4:9,10-perylenebis(dicarboximide,
HPTS, Ethyl Eosin, DY-490XL MegaStokes, DY-485XL MegaStokes,
Adirondack Green 520, ATTO 465, ATTO 488, ATTO 495, YOYO-1, 5-FAM,
BCECF, BCECF, dichlorofluorescein, rhodamine 110, rhodamine 123,
Rhodamine Green, YO-PRO-1, SYTOX Green, Sodium Green, SYBR Green I,
Alexa Fluor 500, FITC, Fluo-3, Fluo-4, fluoro-emerald, YoYo-1
ssDNA, YoYo-1 dsDNA, YoYo-1, SYTO RNASelect, Diversa Green-FP,
Dragon Green, EvaGreen, Surf Green EX, Spectrum Green, Oregon Green
488, NeuroTrace 500525, NBD-X, MitoTracker Green FM, LysoTracker
Green DND-26, CBQCA, PA-GFP (post-activation), WEGFP
(post-activation), FlASH-CCXXCC, Azami Green monomeric, Azami
Green, EGFP (Campbell Tsien 2003), EGFP (Patterson 2001),
Fluorescein, Kaede Green,
7-Benzylamino-4-Nitrobenz-2-Oxa-1,3-Diazole, Bexl, Doxorubicin,
Lumio Green, and SuperGlo GFP.
[0573] In a further embodiment, the fluorophore is selected from
the group consisting of: BODIPY 493/503, BODIPY FL, BODIPY R6G,
BODIPY 530/550, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570, BODIPY
576/589, BODIPY 581/591, and BODIPY TR. In yet a further
embodiment, the fluorophore is BODIPY FL. In certain embodiments,
the fluorophore is not BODIPY 530. In some embodiments, the
fluorophore has an excitation maxima of between about 500 and about
600 nm. In some other embodiments, the fluorophore has an
excitation maxima of between about 500 and about 550 nm. In another
embodiments, the fluorophore has an excitation maxima of between
about 550 and about 600 nm. In yet a further embodiment, the
fluorophore has an excitation maxima of between about 525 and about
575 nm. In other embodiments, the fluorophore has an emission
maxima of between about 510 and about 670 nm. In another
embodiment, the fluorophore has an emission maxima of between about
510 and about 600 nm. In a further embodiment, the fluorophore has
an emission maxima of between about 600 and about 670 nm. In
another embodiment, the fluorophore has an emission maxima of
between about 575 and about 625 nm.
[0574] By way of example only and in some embodiments, the observed
potency, selectivity, and cell permeability of compounds such as
Compound 2 are appropriate to incorporate these molecules into a
Kinase-targeted, activity based probe that allows direct
visualization of Kinase activity in intact cells. In vitro
profiling against a panel of greater than 100 kinases showed
Compound 2 to be a highly potent and selective inhibitor of Tec
family kinases, including, Btk, as well as Src family kinases.
Without limiting the scope of the compositions and methods
described herein, it is postulated that the structural basis for
the selectivity is covalent modification of a non-catalytic
cysteine residue (Cys 481 in Btk) that is conserved in the ATP
binding pocket of the Tec family and several other kinases.
[0575] However, in other embodiments, any irreversible Kinase
Inhibitor that binds to the non-catalytic cysteine residue in the
ATP binding pocket of a Kinase is used in the compounds and methods
described herein.
General Synthesis and Characterization of an Illustrative Activity
Probe
[0576] Without limiting the scope of the compositions described
herein, an illustrative probe was synthesized by attaching a bodipy
FL fluorophore to an irreversible inhibitor via a piperazine
linker. The piperazine linker served to maintain probe solubility
and provided spatial separation between the fluorophore and the
pyrazolopyrimidine core.
##STR00075##
[0577] Illustrative
[0578] Probe
[0579] In some embodiments, the linkage formed is a stable linkage.
In other embodiments, in the case where the conjugate comprises two
components, the linker moiety forms a linkage, in some embodiments,
a stable linkage, between the Kinase Inhibitor moiety and the
reporter moiety. In some embodiments, the linker moiety is stable
and provides the means to control and determine the distance
between the Kinase Inhibitor moiety and the report moiety. Further,
in some embodiments, the linker moiety is selected such that the
probe's solubility is maintained. In some embodiments, the linker
moiety is a piperazinyl moiety. In further embodiments, a
piperazinyl-based linkage is formed by using a piperazine
containing compound. In other embodiments, the number and order of
units that comprise the linker moiety is selected such that the
length between the first component and the second component, as
well as the hydrophobic and hydrophilic characteristics of the
linker is controlled.
[0580] In the present context, spatial separation means a
thermochemically and photochemically non-active distance-making
group and in some embodiments is used to join two or more different
moieties of the types defined above. In other embodiments, spacers
are selected on the basis of a variety of characteristics including
their hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, molecular flexibility and
length. The spacer, thus, in some embodiments, comprises a chain of
carbon atoms optionally interrupted or terminated with one or more
heteroatoms, such as oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, and/or sulphur
atoms. Thus, in some embodiments, the spacer comprises one or more
amide, ester, amino, ether, and/or thioether functionalities, and
optionally aromatic or mono/polyunsaturated hydrocarbons,
polyoxyethylene such as polyethylene glycol, oligo/polyamides such
as poly-..alpha.-alanine, polyglycine, polylysine, and peptides in
general, oligosaccharides, oligo/polyphosphates. Moreover, in other
embodiments, the spacer consists of combined units thereof. In
further embodiments, the length of the spacer varies, taking into
consideration the desired or necessary positioning and spatial
orientation of the active/functional part of the Activity
Probe.
[0581] Without limiting the scope of the compositions described
herein, in some embodiments the reporter moiety is Bodipy. In the
present context, the term reporter moiety means a group which is
detectable either by itself or as a part of a detection series.
[0582] In some embodiments, the labeled Activity Probes described
herein are purified by one or more procedures including, but are
not limited to, affinity chromatography; anion- or cation-exchange
chromatography (using, including but not limited to, DEAE
SEPHAROSE); chromatography on silica; reverse phase HPLC; gel
filtration (using, including but not limited to, SEPHADEX G-75);
hydrophobic interaction chromatography; size-exclusion
chromatography, metal-chelate chromatography;
ultrafiltration/diafiltration; ethanol precipitation; ammonium
sulfate precipitation; chromatofocusing; displacement
chromatography; electrophoretic procedures (including but not
limited to preparative isoelectric focusing), differential
solubility (including but not limited to ammonium sulfate
precipitation), or extraction. In other embodiments, apparent
molecular weight is estimated by GPC by comparison to globular
protein standards (PROTEIN PURIFICATION METHODS, A PRACTICAL
APPROACH (Harris & Angal, Eds.) IRL Press 1989, 293-306).
[0583] In one aspect, the in vitro inhibitory potency of a probe
against a panel of selected Kinases as a rapid means of confirming
accessibility of the reactive moiety to the Kinase active site is
tested. By way of example only, although less potent than the
parent Compound 2, the illustrative probe of Compound 3 retains
potency against Btk (IC.sub.50.about.90 nM). Thus, the piperazine
linker and bodipy fluorophore do not seriously compromise
accessibility of the illustrative probe to the enzyme active
site.
[0584] The Activity Probes described herein label kinases at the
non-catalytic Cys 481 (or a homologous cysteine) and that in some
embodiments, probe labeling does not require the catalytic
machinery per se. As such it differs from canonical activity-based
probes that target the enzyme catalytic machinery directly. In some
embodiments, the Kinase undergoes a phosphorylation dependent
conformational change that is tightly coupled to ATP binding and
kinase activation. In some embodiments, effective labeling by a
probe requires the Kinase to be in its active conformation in order
to directly detect Kinase activity in cells. In other embodiments,
effective labeling by a Activity Probe does not require the Kinase
to be in its active conformation in order to directly detect Kinase
activity in cells.
Therapeutic Uses of Irreversible Inhibitor Compounds
[0585] Described herein are methods, compositions, uses and
medicaments for the treatment of disorders comprising administering
to a patient in need an irreversible inhibitor of an ACK. In some
embodiments, the ACK is Btk or a Btk homolog. In further
embodiments, the ACK is Blk or a Blk homolog. In yet further
embodiments, the ACK is tyrosine kinases that share homology with
Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that
can form a covalent bond with the irreversible inhibitor. See,
e.g., protein kinases in FIG. 7.
[0586] The methods described herein (which includes uses of a
pharmaceutical composition to treat a disease or disorder, or uses
of a compound to form a medicament for treating a disease or
disorder) include administering to a subject in need a composition
containing a therapeutically effective amount of one or more
irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds described herein. Without
being bound by theory, the diverse roles played by Btk signaling in
various hematopoietic cell functions, e.g., B-cell receptor
activation, show that small molecule Btk inhibitors are useful for
reducing the risk of or treating a variety of diseases affected by
or affecting many cell types of the hematopoietic lineage
including, e.g., autoimmune diseases, heteroimmune conditions or
diseases, inflammatory diseases, cancer (e.g., B-cell proliferative
disorders), and thromboembolic disorders.
[0587] In some embodiments, are methods for treating an autoimmune
disease or condition comprising administering to a patient in need
a pharmaceutical formulation of any irreversible inhibitor of Btk
(or a Btk homolog) of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII). Such an
autoimmune disease or condition includes, but is not limited to,
rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, Still's
disease, juvenile arthritis, lupus, diabetes, myasthenia gravis,
Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Graves' disease
Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome,
acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease,
opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylitisis,
antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune
hepatitis, coeliac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic
thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary
biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis,
temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener's
granulomatosis, psoriasis, alopecia universalis, Behcet's disease,
chronic fatigue, dysautonomia, endometriosis, interstitial
cystitis, neuromyotonia, scleroderma, and vulvodynia. In some
embodiments, any of the compounds presented in Table 2 of Example
1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing" section of
the Examples is the aforementioned irreversible inhibitor. In some
embodiments, the autoimmune disease is selected from rheumatoid
arthritis or lupus.
[0588] In some embodiments, are methods for treating a heteroimmune
disease or condition comprising administering to a patient in need
a pharmaceutical formulation of any irreversible inhibitor of Btk
(or a Btk homolog) of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII). Such a
heteroimmune condition or disease includes, but is not limited to
graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion,
anaphylaxis, allergies (e.g., allergies to plant pollens, latex,
drugs, foods, insect poisons, animal hair, animal dander, dust
mites, or cockroach calyx), type I hypersensitivity, allergic
conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, and atopic dermatitis. In some
embodiments, any of the compounds presented in Table 2 of Example
1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing" section of
the Examples is the aforementioned irreversible inhibitor.
[0589] In some embodiments, are methods for treating a cancer
comprising administering to a patient in need a pharmaceutical
formulation of any irreversible inhibitor of Btk (or a Btk homolog)
of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula
(D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII). Such a cancer, e.g., B-cell
proliferative disorders, includes but is not limited to diffuse
large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic
lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic
leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia,
splenic marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma,
extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B
cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B
cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary
effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, and lymphomatoid
granulomatosis. In some embodiments, any of the compounds presented
in Table 2 of Example 1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and
Pulse Dosing" section of the Examples is the aforementioned
irreversible inhibitor. In some embodiments, the cancer is a B-cell
proliferative disorder. In further embodiments, the B-cell
proliferative disorder is diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular
lymphoma or chronic lymphocytic leukemia.
[0590] In some embodiments, are methods for treating mastocytosis
comprising administering to a patient in need a pharmaceutical
formulation of any irreversible inhibitor of Btk (or a Btk homolog)
of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula
(D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII). Mastocytosis includes but
is not limited to diseases characterized by hyperactive mast cells.
In some embodiments, any of the compounds presented in Table 2 of
Example 1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing"
section of the Examples is the aforementioned irreversible
inhibitor.
[0591] In some embodiments, are methods for treating osteoporosis
or bone resorption disorders comprising administering to a patient
in need a pharmaceutical formulation of any irreversible inhibitor
of Btk (or a Btk homolog) of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6),
Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII).
Bone resorption disorders include but are not limited to Paget's
disease of bone, osteoporosis, and the bone changes secondary to
cancer, such as occur in myeloma and metastases from breast cancer.
In some embodiments, any of the compounds presented in Table 2 of
Example 1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing"
section of the Examples is the aforementioned irreversible
inhibitor.
[0592] In some embodiments, are methods for treating inflammatory
diseases comprising administering to a patient in need a
pharmaceutical formulation of any irreversible inhibitor of Btk (or
a Btk homolog) of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII).
Inflammatory diseases include but are not limited to asthma,
inflammatory bowel disease, appendicitis, blepharitis,
bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis,
cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis,
dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis,
endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis,
epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis,
hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis, mastitis,
meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, oophoritis,
orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis,
peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonitis,
pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis,
salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tendonitis,
tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, and vulvitis. In some
embodiments, any of the compounds presented in Table 2 of Example
1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing" section of
the Examples is the aforementioned irreversible inhibitor.
[0593] In further embodiments are methods for treating lupus
comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition
containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that
forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's
tyrosine kinase or a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog.
[0594] In still further embodiments are methods for treating a
heteroimmune disease or condition comprising administering to a
subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase or a Bruton's
tyrosine kinase homolog. Such a heteroimmune condition or disease
includes, but is not limited to graft versus host disease,
transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergies (e.g.,
allergies to plant pollens, latex, drugs, foods, insect poisons,
animal hair, animal dander, dust mites, or cockroach calyx), type I
hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, and
atopic dermatitis.
[0595] In still further embodiments are methods for treating
diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma or chronic
lymphocytic leukemia comprising administering to a subject in need
thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount
of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain
of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase or a Bruton's tyrosine kinase
homolog.
[0596] In still further embodiments are methods for treating
mastocytosis, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof
a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a
Bruton's tyrosine kinase or a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog.
[0597] In still further embodiments are methods for treating
osteoporosis or bone resorption disorders comprising administering
to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a
covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine
kinase or a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog.
[0598] In still further embodiments are methods for treating an
inflammatory disease or condition comprising administering to a
subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase or a Bruton's
tyrosine kinase homolog.
[0599] In further embodiments are methods for treating an
autoimmune disease or condition comprising administering to a
patient in need a composition containing a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine sidechain of a Blk or a Blk homolog. Suitable compounds
include compounds of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII). Such an
autoimmune disease or condition includes, but is not limited to,
rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, Still's
disease, juvenile arthritis, lupus, diabetes, myasthenia gravis,
Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Graves' disease
Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome,
acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease,
opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylitisis,
antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune
hepatitis, coeliac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic
thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary
biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis,
temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener's
granulomatosis, psoriasis, alopecia universalis, Behcet's disease,
chronic fatigue, dysautonomia, endometriosis, interstitial
cystitis, neuromyotonia, scleroderma, and vulvodynia. In some
embodiments, any of the compounds presented in Table 2 of Example
1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing" section of
the Examples is the aforementioned irreversible inhibitor. In some
embodiments, the autoimmune disease is selected from rheumatoid
arthritis or lupus.
[0600] In further embodiments are methods for treating a B-cell
proliferative disorder comprising administering to a patient in
need a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of
a compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of
a Blk or a Blk homolog. Suitable compounds include compounds of
Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6),
Formula (I), or Formula (VII). Such a B-cell proliferative disorder
includes diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma or
chronic lymphocytic leukemia. In some embodiments, any of the
compounds presented in Table 2 of Example 1c in the "Kinase
Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing" section of the Examples is the
aforementioned irreversible inhibitor.
[0601] In further embodiments are methods for treating an
inflammatory disease or condition comprising administering to a
patient in need a composition containing a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a
cysteine sidechain of a Blk or a Blk homolog. Suitable compounds
include compounds of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII).
Inflammatory diseases include but are not limited to asthma,
inflammatory bowel disease, appendicitis, blepharitis,
bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis,
cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis,
dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis,
endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis,
epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis,
hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis, mastitis,
meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, oophoritis,
orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis,
peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonitis,
pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis,
salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tendonitis,
tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, and vulvitis. In some
embodiments, any of the compounds presented in Table 2 of Example
1c in the "Kinase Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing" section of
the Examples is the aforementioned irreversible inhibitor.
[0602] Further, the irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds described
herein can be used to inhibit a small subset of other tyrosine
kinases that share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue
(including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with
the irreversible inhibitor. See, e.g., protein kinases in FIG. 7.
Thus, a subset of tyrosine kinases other than Btk are also expected
to be useful as therapeutic targets in a number of health
conditions, including: [0603] autoimmune diseases, which include,
but are not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis,
osteoarthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, lupus,
diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's
thyroiditis, Graves' disease Sjogren's syndrome, multiple
sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute disseminated
encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus
syndrome, ankylosing spondylitisis, antiphospholipid antibody
syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, coeliac disease,
Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic
neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's
syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune
hemolytic anemia, Wegener's granulomatosis, psoriasis, alopecia
universalis, Behcet's disease, chronic fatigue, dysautonomia,
endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, neuromyotonia, scleroderma,
and vulvodynia. [0604] heteroimmune conditions or diseases, which
include, but are not limited to graft versus host disease,
transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergies (e.g.,
allergies to plant pollens, latex, drugs, foods, insect poisons,
animal hair, animal dander, dust mites, or cockroach calyx), type I
hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, and
atopic dermatitis. [0605] inflammatory diseases, which include, but
are not limited to asthma, inflammatory bowel disease,
appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis,
cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis,
cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis,
encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis,
epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis,
gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis,
mastitis, meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis,
oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis,
pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis,
pneumonitis, pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis,
rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis,
tendonitis, tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, and
vulvitis. [0606] a cancer, e.g., B-cell proliferative disorders,
which include, but are not limited to diffuse large B cell
lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma,
chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia,
lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic
marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma,
extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B
cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B
cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary
effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, and lymphomatoid
granulomatosis. [0607] thromboembolic disorders, which include, but
are not limited to myocardial infarct, angina pectoris (including
unstable angina), reocclusions or restenoses after angioplasty or
aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, peripheral
arterial occlusive disorders, pulmonary embolisms, and deep venous
thromboses. [0608] mastocytosis, which include but are not limited
to diseases characterized by hyperactive mast cells. [0609] bone
resorption disorders, which include but are not limited to Paget's
disease of bone, osteoporosis, and the bone changes secondary to
cancer, such as occur in myeloma and metastases from breast
cancer.
[0610] Symptoms, diagnostic tests, and prognostic tests for each of
the above-mentioned conditions include, e.g., Harrison's Principles
of Internal Medicine.COPYRGT.," 16th ed., 2004, The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. Dey et al. (2006), Cytojournal 3(24), and the
"Revised European American Lymphoma" (REAL) classification system
(see, e.g., the website maintained by the National Cancer
Institute).
[0611] A number of animal models are useful for establishing a
range of therapeutically effective doses of irreversible
inhibitors, including irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds for
treating any of the foregoing diseases. For example, refer to
Examples 1-4 of the "Therapeutic Uses" section of the Examples
included herein. Also, for example, dosing of irreversible
inhibitor compounds for treating an autoimmune disease can be
assessed in a mouse model of rheumatoid arthitis. In this model,
arthritis is induced in Balb/c mice by administering anti-collagen
antibodies and lipopolysaccharide. See Nandakumar et al. (2003),
Am. J. Pathol 163:1827-1837. In another example, dosing of
irreversible inhibitors for the treatment of B-cell proliferative
disorders can be examined in, e.g., a human-to-mouse xenograft
model in which human B-cell lymphoma cells (e.g. Ramos cells) are
implanted into immunodefficient mice (e.g., "nude" mice) as
described in, e.g., Pagel et al. (2005), Clin Cancer Res
11(13):4857-4866. Animal models for treatment of thromboembolic
disorders are also known.
[0612] In one embodiment, the therapeutic efficacy of the compound
for one of the foregoing diseases is optimized during a course of
treatment. For example, a subject being treated optionally
undergoes a diagnostic evaluation to correlate the relief of
disease symptoms or pathologies to inhibition of in vivo Btk
activity achieved by administering a given dose of an irreversible
Btk inhibitor. Cellular assays are used to determine in vivo
activity of Btk in the presence or absence of an irreversible Btk
inhibitor. For example, since activated Btk is phosphorylated at
tyrosine 223 (Y223) and tyrosine 551 (Y551), phospho-specific
immunocytochemical staining of P-Y223 or P-Y551-positive cells are
used to detect or quantify activation of Bkt in a population of
cells (e.g., by FACS analysis of stained vs unstained cells). See,
e.g., Nisitani et al. (1999), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA
96:2221-2226. Thus, the amount of the Btk inhibitor compound that
is administered to a subject is optionally increased or decreased
as needed so as to maintain a level of Btk inhibition optimal for
treating the subject's disease state.
[0613] In one embodiment are methods for identifying biomarkers
suitable for determining patient response to an irreversible ACK
inhibitor (including, e.g., a compound of Formula (I)) comprising
administering to a test subject a composition containing an amount
of the irreversible ACK inhibitor (including, e.g., a compound of
Formula (I)) sufficient to inhibit B cell receptor signaling and
correlating B cell receptor signaling with apoptosis. In another or
further embodiment are methods for selecting a patient for
treatment for lymphoma with an irreversible ACK inhibitor
(including, e.g., a compound of Formula (I)) comprising measuring
pErk or Erk transcriptional target levels in a patient sample, and
correlating a high level of transcriptional targets with a positive
response to the treatment. In another or further embodiments are
methods for measuring a patient's response to treatment comprising
administering to the patient an irreversible ACK inhibitor
(including, e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), measuring pErk or Erk
transcriptional target levels in a patient sample, and correlating
a reduced level of transcriptional targets with a positive response
to the administration of the irreversible ACK inhibitor (including,
e.g., a compound of Formula (I)).
Combination Treatments
[0614] The irreversible Btk inhibitor compositions described herein
can also be used in combination with other well known therapeutic
reagents that are selected for their therapeutic value for the
condition to be treated. In general, the compositions described
herein and, in embodiments where combinational therapy is employed,
other agents do not have to be administered in the same
pharmaceutical composition, and are optionally, because of
different physical and chemical characteristics, have to be
administered by different routes. The initial administration is
made, for example, according to established protocols, and then,
based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of
administration and times of administration are modified.
[0615] In certain instances, it is appropriate to administer at
least one irreversible Btk inhibitor compound described herein in
combination with another therapeutic agent. By way of example only,
if one of the side effects experienced by a patient upon receiving
one of the irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds described herein is
nausea, then it is appropriate to administer an anti-nausea agent
in combination with the initial therapeutic agent. Or, by way of
example only, the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds
described herein is enhanced by administration of an adjuvant
(i.e., by itself the adjuvant has minimal therapeutic benefit, but
in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall
therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced). Or, by way of
example only, the benefit experienced by a patient is increased by
administering one of the compounds described herein with another
therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that
also has therapeutic benefit. In any case, regardless of the
disease, disorder or condition being treated, the overall benefit
experienced by the patient is in some embodiments simply additive
of the two therapeutic agents or in other embodiments, the patient
experiences a synergistic benefit.
[0616] The particular choice of compounds used will depend upon the
diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgment of the
condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment protocol.
The compounds are optionally administered concurrently (e.g.,
simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same
treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of
the disease, disorder, or condition, the condition of the patient,
and the actual choice of compounds used. The determination of the
order of administration, and the number of repetitions of
administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment
protocol, is based on an evaluation of the disease being treated
and the condition of the patient.
[0617] Therapeutically-effective dosages can vary when the drugs
are used in treatment combinations. Methods for experimentally
determining therapeutically-effective dosages of drugs and other
agents for use in combination treatment regimens are described in
the literature. For example, the use of metronomic dosing, i.e.,
providing more frequent, lower doses in order to minimize toxic
side effects, has been described extensively in the literature
Combination treatment further includes periodic treatments that
start and stop at various times to assist with the clinical
management of the patient.
[0618] For combination therapies described herein, dosages of the
co-administered compounds will of course vary depending on the type
of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the disease
or condition being treated and so forth. In addition, when
co-administered with one or more biologically active agents, the
compound provided herein may be administered either simultaneously
with the biologically active agent(s), or sequentially. If
administered sequentially, the attending physician will decide on
the appropriate sequence of administering protein in combination
with the biologically active agent(s).
[0619] In any case, the multiple therapeutic agents (one of which
is a compound of Formula (A1-A6), (B1-B6), (C1-C6), or (D1-D6)
described herein) are optionally administered in any order or even
simultaneously. If simultaneously, the multiple therapeutic agents
are optionally provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple
forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two
separate pills). One of the therapeutic agents may be given in
multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not
simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may vary from
more than zero weeks to less than four weeks. In addition, the
combination methods, compositions and formulations are not to be
limited to the use of only two agents; the use of multiple
therapeutic combinations are also envisioned.
[0620] It is understood that the dosage regimen to treat, prevent,
or ameliorate the condition(s) for which relief is sought, can be
modified in accordance with a variety of factors. These factors
include the disorder from which the subject suffers, as well as the
age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject. Thus,
the dosage regimen actually employed can vary widely and therefore
can deviate from the dosage regimens set forth herein.
[0621] The pharmaceutical agents which make up the combination
therapy disclosed herein may be a combined dosage form or in
separate dosage forms intended for substantially simultaneous
administration. The pharmaceutical agents that make up the
combination therapy may also be administered sequentially, with
either therapeutic compound being administered by a regimen calling
for two-step administration. The two-step administration regimen
may call for sequential administration of the active agents or
spaced-apart administration of the separate active agents. The time
period between the multiple administration steps may range from, a
few minutes to several hours, depending upon the properties of each
pharmaceutical agent, such as potency, solubility, bioavailability,
plasma half-life and kinetic profile of the pharmaceutical agent.
Circadian variation of the target molecule concentration may also
determine the optimal dose interval.
[0622] In addition, the compounds described herein also are
optionally used in combination with procedures that provide
additional or synergistic benefit to the patient. By way of example
only, patients are expected to find therapeutic and/or prophylactic
benefit in the methods described herein, wherein pharmaceutical
composition of a compound disclosed herein and/or combinations with
other therapeutics are combined with genetic testing to determine
whether that individual is a carrier of a mutant gene that is known
to be correlated with certain diseases or conditions.
[0623] The compounds described herein and combination therapies can
be administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease
or condition, and the timing of administering the composition
containing a compound can vary. Thus, for example, the compounds
can be used as a prophylactic and can be administered continuously
to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in
order to prevent the occurrence of the disease or condition. The
compounds and compositions can be administered to a subject during
or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms. The
administration of the compounds can be initiated within the first
48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, within the first 6 hours of
the onset of the symptoms, or within 3 hours of the onset of the
symptoms. The initial administration can be via any route
practical, such as, for example, an intravenous injection, a bolus
injection, infusion over 5 minutes to about 5 hours, a pill, a
capsule, transdermal patch, buccal delivery, and the like, or
combination thereof. A compound should be administered as soon as
is practicable after the onset of a disease or condition is
detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the
treatment of the disease, such as, for example, from about 1 month
to about 3 months. The length of treatment can vary for each
subject, and the length can be determined using the known criteria.
For example, the compound or a formulation containing the compound
can be administered for at least 2 weeks, between about 1 month to
about 5 years, or from about 1 month to about 3 years.
[0624] Exemplary Therapeutic Agents for Use in Combination with an
Irreversible Inhibitor Compound
[0625] Where the subject is suffering from or at risk of suffering
from an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, or an allergy
disease, an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound can be used in with
one or more of the following therapeutic agents in any combination:
immunosuppressants (e.g., tacrolimus, cyclosporin, rapamicin,
methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, mercaptopurine,
mycophenolate, or FTY720), glucocorticoids (e.g., prednisone,
cortisone acetate, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone,
betamethasone, triamcinolone, beclometasone, fludrocortisone
acetate, deoxycorticosterone acetate, aldosterone), non-steroidal
anti-inflammatory drugs (e.g., salicylates, arylalkanoic acids,
2-arylpropionic acids, N-arylanthranilic acids, oxicams, coxibs, or
sulphonanilides), Cox-2-specific inhibitors (e.g., valdecoxib,
celecoxib, or rofecoxib), leflunomide, gold thioglucose, gold
thiomalate, aurofin, sulfasalazine, hydroxychloroquinine,
minocycline, TNF-.alpha. binding proteins (e.g., infliximab,
etanercept, or adalimumab), abatacept, anakinra, interferon-.beta.,
interferon-.gamma., interleukin-2, allergy vaccines,
antihistamines, antileukotrienes, beta-agonists, theophylline,
anticholinergics or other selective kinase inhibitors (e.g p38
inhibitors, Syk inhibitors, PKC inhibitors).
[0626] Where the subject is suffering from or at risk of suffering
from a B-cell proliferative disorder (e.g., plasma cell myeloma),
the subjected can be treated with an irreversible Btk inhibitor
compound in any combination with one or more other anti-cancer
agents. In some embodiments, one or more of the anti-cancer agents
are proapoptotic agents. Examples of anti-cancer agents include,
but are not limited to, any of the following: gossyphol, genasense,
polyphenol E, Chlorofusin, all trans-retinoic acid (ATRA),
bryostatin, tumor necrosis factor-related apoptosis-inducing ligand
(TRAIL), 5-aza-2'-deoxycytidine, all trans retinoic acid,
doxorubicin, vincristine, etoposide, gemcitabine, imatinib
(Gleevec.RTM.), geldanamycin,
17-N-Allylamino-17-Demethoxygeldanamycin (17-AAG), flavopiridol,
LY294002, bortezomib, trastuzumab, BAY 11-7082, PKC412, or
PD184352, Taxol.TM., also referred to as "paclitaxel", which is a
well-known anti-cancer drug which acts by enhancing and stabilizing
microtubule formation, and analogs of Taxol.TM., such as
Taxotere.TM.. Compounds that have the basic taxane skeleton as a
common structure feature, have also been shown to have the ability
to arrest cells in the G2-M phases due to stabilized microtubules
and may be useful for treating cancer in combination with the
compounds described herein.
[0627] Further examples of anti-cancer agents for use in
combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include
inhibitors of mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling, e.g.,
U0126, PD98059, PD184352, PD0325901, ARRY-142886, SB239063,
SP600125, BAY 43-9006, wortmannin, or LY294002; Syk inhibitors;
mTOR inhibitors; and antibodies (e.g., rituxan).
[0628] Other anti-cancer agents that can be employed in combination
with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include Adriamycin,
Dactinomycin, Bleomycin, Vinblastine, Cisplatin, acivicin;
aclarubicin; acodazole hydrochloride; acronine; adozelesin;
aldesleukin; altretamine; ambomycin; ametantrone acetate;
aminoglutethimide; amsacrine; anastrozole; anthramycin;
asparaginase; asperlin; azacitidine; azetepa; azotomycin;
batimastat; benzodepa; bicalutamide; bisantrene hydrochloride;
bisnafide dimesylate; bizelesin; bleomycin sulfate; brequinar
sodium; bropirimine; busulfan; cactinomycin; calusterone;
caracemide; carbetimer; carboplatin; carmustine; carubicin
hydrochloride; carzelesin; cedefingol; chlorambucil; cirolemycin;
cladribine; crisnatol mesylate; cyclophosphamide; cytarabine;
dacarbazine; daunorubicin hydrochloride; decitabine; dexormaplatin;
dezaguanine; dezaguanine mesylate; diaziquone; doxorubicin;
doxorubicin hydrochloride; droloxifene; droloxifene citrate;
dromostanolone propionate; duazomycin; edatrexate; eflornithine
hydrochloride; elsamitrucin; enloplatin; enpromate; epipropidine;
epirubicin hydrochloride; erbulozole; esorubicin hydrochloride;
estramustine; estramustine phosphate sodium; etanidazole;
etoposide; etoposide phosphate; etoprine; fadrozole hydrochloride;
fazarabine; fenretinide; floxuridine; fludarabine phosphate;
fluorouracil; flurocitabine; fosquidone; fostriecin sodium;
gemcitabine; gemcitabine hydrochloride; hydroxyurea; idarubicin
hydrochloride; ifosfamide; iimofosine; interleukin II (including
recombinant interleukin II, or rlL2), interferon alfa-2a;
interferon alfa-2b; interferon alfa-n1; interferon alfa-n3;
interferon beta-1 a; interferon gamma-1 b; iproplatin; irinotecan
hydrochloride; lanreotide acetate; letrozole; leuprolide acetate;
liarozole hydrochloride; lometrexol sodium; lomustine; losoxantrone
hydrochloride; masoprocol; maytansine; mechlorethamine
hydrochloride; megestrol acetate; melengestrol acetate; melphalan;
menogaril; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; methotrexate sodium;
metoprine; meturedepa; mitindomide; mitocarcin; mitocromin;
mitogillin; mitomalcin; mitomycin; mitosper; mitotane; mitoxantrone
hydrochloride; mycophenolic acid; nocodazoie; nogalamycin;
ormaplatin; oxisuran; pegaspargase; peliomycin; pentamustine;
peplomycin sulfate; perfosfamide; pipobroman; piposulfan;
piroxantrone hydrochloride; plicamycin; plomestane; porfimer
sodium; porfiromycin; prednimustine; procarbazine hydrochloride;
puromycin; puromycin hydrochloride; pyrazofurin; riboprine;
rogletimide; safingol; safingol hydrochloride; semustine;
simtrazene; sparfosate sodium; sparsomycin; spirogermanium
hydrochloride; spiromustine; spiroplatin; streptonigrin;
streptozocin; sulofenur; talisomycin; tecogalan sodium; tegafur;
teloxantrone hydrochloride; temoporfin; teniposide; teroxirone;
testolactone; thiamiprine; thioguanine; thiotepa; tiazofurin;
tirapazamine; toremifene citrate; trestolone acetate; triciribine
phosphate; trimetrexate; trimetrexate glucuronate; triptorelin;
tubulozole hydrochloride; uracil mustard; uredepa; vapreotide;
verteporfin; vinblastine sulfate; vincristine sulfate; vindesine;
vindesine sulfate; vinepidine sulfate; vinglycinate sulfate;
vinleurosine sulfate; vinorelbine tartrate; vinrosidine sulfate;
vinzolidine sulfate; vorozole; zeniplatin; zinostatin; zorubicin
hydrochloride.
[0629] Other anti-cancer agents that can be employed in combination
with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include: 20-epi-1, 25
dihydroxyvitamin D3; 5-ethynyluracil; abiraterone; aclarubicin;
acylfulvene; adecypenol; adozelesin; aldesleukin; ALL-TK
antagonists; altretamine; ambamustine; amidox; amifostine;
aminolevulinic acid; amrubicin; amsacrine; anagrelide; anastrozole;
andrographolide; angiogenesis inhibitors; antagonist D; antagonist
G; antarelix; anti-dorsalizing morphogenetic protein-1;
antiandrogen, prostatic carcinoma; antiestrogen; antineoplaston;
antisense oligonucleotides; aphidicolin glycinate; apoptosis gene
modulators; apoptosis regulators; apurinic acid; ara-CDP-DL-PTBA;
arginine deaminase; asulacrine; atamestane; atrimustine;
axinastatin 1; axinastatin 2; axinastatin 3; azasetron; azatoxin;
azatyrosine; baccatin III derivatives; balanol; batimastat; BCR/ABL
antagonists; benzochlorins; benzoylstaurosporine; beta lactam
derivatives; beta-alethine; betaclamycin B; betulinic acid; bFGF
inhibitor; bicalutamide; bisantrene; bisaziridinylspermine;
bisnafide; bistratene A; bizelesin; breflate; bropirimine;
budotitane; buthionine sulfoximine; calcipotriol; calphostin C;
camptothecin derivatives; canarypox IL-2; capecitabine;
carboxamide-amino-triazole; carboxyamidotriazole; CaRest M3; CARN
700; cartilage derived inhibitor; carzelesin; casein kinase
inhibitors (ICOS); castanospermine; cecropin B; cetrorelix;
chlorins; chloroquinoxaline sulfonamide; cicaprost; cis-porphyrin;
cladribine; clomifene analogues; clotrimazole; collismycin A;
collismycin B; combretastatin A4; combretastatin analogue;
conagenin; crambescidin 816; crisnatol; cryptophycin 8;
cryptophycin A derivatives; curacin A; cyclopentanthraquinones;
cycloplatam; cypemycin; cytarabine ocfosfate; cytolytic factor;
cytostatin; dacliximab; decitabine; dehydrodidemnin B; deslorelin;
dexamethasone; dexifosfamide; dexrazoxane; dexverapamil;
diaziquone; didemnin B; didox; diethylnorspermine;
dihydro-5-azacytidine; 9-dioxamycin; diphenyl spiromustine;
docosanol; dolasetron; doxifluridine; droloxifene; dronabinol;
duocarmycin SA; ebselen; ecomustine; edelfosine; edrecolomab;
eflornithine; elemene; emitefur; epirubicin; epristeride;
estramustine analogue; estrogen agonists; estrogen antagonists;
etanidazole; etoposide phosphate; exemestane; fadrozole;
fazarabine; fenretinide; filgrastim; finasteride; flavopiridol;
flezelastine; fluasterone; fludarabine; fluorodaunorunicin
hydrochloride; forfenimex; formestane; fostriecin; fotemustine;
gadolinium texaphyrin; gallium nitrate; galocitabine; ganirelix;
gelatinase inhibitors; gemcitabine; glutathione inhibitors;
hepsulfam; heregulin; hexamethylene bisacetamide; hypericin;
ibandronic acid; idarubicin; idoxifene; idramantone; ilmofosine;
ilomastat; imidazoacridones; imiquimod; immunostimulant peptides;
insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor inhibitor; interferon
agonists; interferons; interleukins; iobenguane; iododoxorubicin;
ipomeanol, 4-; iroplact; irsogladine; isobengazole;
isohomohalicondrin B; itasetron; jasplakinolide; kahalalide F;
lamellarin-N triacetate; lanreotide; leinamycin; lenograstim;
lentinan sulfate; leptolstatin; letrozole; leukemia inhibiting
factor; leukocyte alpha interferon;
leuprolide+estrogen+progesterone; leuprorelin; levamisole;
liarozole; linear polyamine analogue; lipophilic disaccharide
peptide; lipophilic platinum compounds; lissoclinamide 7;
lobaplatin; lombricine; lometrexol; lonidamine; losoxantrone;
lovastatin; loxoribine; lurtotecan; lutetium texaphyrin;
lysofylline; lytic peptides; maitansine; mannostatin A; marimastat;
masoprocol; maspin; matrilysin inhibitors; matrix metalloproteinase
inhibitors; menogaril; merbarone; meterelin; methioninase;
metoclopramide; MIF inhibitor; mifepristone; miltefosine;
mirimostim; mismatched double stranded RNA; mitoguazone;
mitolactol; mitomycin analogues; mitonafide; mitotoxin fibroblast
growth factor-saporin; mitoxantrone; mofarotene; molgramostim;
monoclonal antibody, human chorionic gonadotrophin; monophosphoryl
lipid A+myobacterium cell wall sk; mopidamol; multiple drug
resistance gene inhibitor; multiple tumor suppressor 1-based
therapy; mustard anticancer agent; mycaperoxide B; mycobacterial
cell wall extract; myriaporone; N-acetyldinaline; N-substituted
benzamides; nafarelin; nagrestip; naloxone+pentazocine; napavin;
naphterpin; nartograstim; nedaplatin; nemorubicin; neridronic acid;
neutral endopeptidase; nilutamide; nisamycin; nitric oxide
modulators; nitroxide antioxidant; nitrullyn; O6-benzylguanine;
octreotide; okicenone; oligonucleotides; onapristone; ondansetron;
ondansetron; oracin; oral cytokine inducer; ormaplatin; osaterone;
oxaliplatin; oxaunomycin; palauamine; palmitoylrhizoxin; pamidronic
acid; panaxytriol; panomifene; parabactin; pazelliptine;
pegaspargase; peldesine; pentosan polysulfate sodium; pentostatin;
pentrozole; perflubron; perfosfamide; perillyl alcohol;
phenazinomycin; phenylacetate; phosphatase inhibitors; picibanil;
pilocarpine hydrochloride; pirarubicin; piritrexim; placetin A;
placetin B; plasminogen activator inhibitor; platinum complex;
platinum compounds; platinum-triamine complex; porfimer sodium;
porfiromycin; prednisone; propyl bis-acridone; prostaglandin J2;
proteasome inhibitors; protein A-based immune modulator; protein
kinase C inhibitor; protein kinase C inhibitors, microalgal;
protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors; purine nucleoside
phosphorylase inhibitors; purpurins; pyrazoloacridine;
pyridoxylated hemoglobin polyoxyethylerie conjugate; raf
antagonists; raltitrexed; ramosetron; ras farnesyl protein
transferase inhibitors; ras inhibitors; ras-GAP inhibitor;
retelliptine demethylated; rhenium Re 186 etidronate; rhizoxin;
ribozymes; RII retinamide; rogletimide; rohitukine; romurtide;
roquinimex; rubiginone B1; ruboxyl; safingol; saintopin; SarCNU;
sarcophytol A; sargramostim; Sdi 1 mimetics; semustine; senescence
derived inhibitor 1; sense oligonucleotides; signal transduction
inhibitors; signal transduction modulators; single chain
antigen-binding protein; sizofiran; sobuzoxane; sodium borocaptate;
sodium phenylacetate; solverol; somatomedin binding protein;
sonermin; sparfosic acid; spicamycin D; spiromustine; splenopentin;
spongistatin 1; squalamine; stem cell inhibitor; stem-cell division
inhibitors; stipiamide; stromelysin inhibitors; sulfinosine;
superactive vasoactive intestinal peptide antagonist; suradista;
suramin; swainsonine; synthetic glycosaminoglycans; tallimustine;
tamoxifen methiodide; tauromustine; tazarotene; tecogalan sodium;
tegafur; tellurapyrylium; telomerase inhibitors; temoporfin;
temozolomide; teniposide; tetrachlorodecaoxide; tetrazomine;
thaliblastine; thiocoraline; thrombopoietin; thrombopoietin
mimetic; thymalfasin; thymopoietin receptor agonist; thymotrinan;
thyroid stimulating hormone; tin ethyl etiopurpurin; tirapazamine;
titanocene bichloride; topsentin; toremifene; totipotent stem cell
factor; translation inhibitors; tretinoin; triacetyluridine;
triciribine; trimetrexate; triptorelin; tropisetron; turosteride;
tyrosine kinase inhibitors; tyrphostins; UBC inhibitors; ubenimex;
urogenital sinus-derived growth inhibitory factor; urokinase
receptor antagonists; vapreotide; variolin B; vector system,
erythrocyte gene therapy; velaresol; veramine; verdins;
verteporfin; vinorelbine; vinxaltine; vitaxin; vorozole;
zanoterone; zeniplatin; zilascorb; and zinostatin stimalamer.
[0630] Yet other anticancer agents that can be employed in
combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include
alkylating agents, antimetabolites, natural products, or hormones,
e.g., nitrogen mustards (e.g., mechloroethamine, cyclophosphamide,
chlorambucil, etc.), alkyl sulfonates (e.g., busulfan),
nitrosoureas (e.g., carmustine, lomusitne, ete.), or triazenes
(decarbazine, etc.). Examples of antimetabolites include but are
not limited to folic acid analog (e.g., methotrexate), or
pyrimidine analogs (e.g., Cytarabine), purine analogs (e.g.,
mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin).
[0631] Examples of natural products useful in combination with an
irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include but are not limited to
vinca alkaloids (e.g., vinblastin, vincristine),
epipodophyllotoxins (e.g., etoposide), antibiotics (e.g.,
daunorubicin, doxorubicin, bleomycin), enzymes (e.g.,
L-asparaginase), or biological response modifiers (e.g., interferon
alpha).
[0632] Examples of alkylating agents that can be employed in
combination an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include, but are
not limited to, nitrogen mustards (e.g., mechloroethamine,
cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, meiphalan, etc.), ethylenimine and
methylmelamines (e.g., hexamethlymelamine, thiotepa), alkyl
sulfonates (e.g., busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., carmustine,
lomusitne, semustine, streptozocin, etc.), or triazenes
(decarbazine, ete.). Examples of antimetabolites include, but are
not limited to folic acid analog (e.g., methotrexate), or
pyrimidine analogs (e.g., fluorouracil, floxouridine, Cytarabine),
purine analogs (e.g., mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin.
[0633] Examples of hormones and antagonists useful in combination
with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include, but are not
limited to, adrenocorticosteroids (e.g., prednisone), progestins
(e.g., hydroxyprogesterone caproate, megestrol acetate,
medroxyprogesterone acetate), estrogens (e.g., diethlystilbestrol,
ethinyl estradiol), antiestrogen (e.g., tamoxifen), androgens
(e.g., testosterone propionate, fluoxymesterone), antiandrogen
(e.g., flutamide), gonadotropin releasing hormone analog (e.g.,
leuprolide). Other agents that can be used in the methods and
compositions described herein for the treatment or prevention of
cancer include platinum coordination complexes (e.g., cisplatin,
carboblatin), anthracenedione (e.g., mitoxantrone), substituted
urea (e.g., hydroxyurea), methyl hydrazine derivative (e.g.,
procarbazine), adrenocortical suppressant (e.g., mitotane,
aminoglutethimide).
[0634] Examples of anti-cancer agents which act by arresting cells
in the G2-M phases due to stabilized microtubules and which can be
used in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound
include without limitation marketed drugs and drugs in
development.
[0635] Where the subject is suffering from or at risk of suffering
from a thromboembolic disorder (e.g., stroke), the subject can be
treated with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound in any
combination with one or more other anti-thromboembolic agents.
Examples of anti-thromboembolic agents include, but are not limited
any of the following: thrombolytic agents (e.g., alteplase
anistreplase, streptokinase, urokinase, or tissue plasminogen
activator), heparin, tinzaparin, warfarin, dabigatran (e.g.,
dabigatran etexilate), factor Xa inhibitors (e.g., fondaparinux,
draparinux, rivaroxaban, DX-9065a, otamixaban, LY517717, or YM150),
factor VIIa inhibitors, ticlopidine, clopidogrel, CS-747
(prasugrel, LY640315), ximelagatran, or BIBR 1048.
Pharmaceutical Composition/Formulation
[0636] Pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a conventional
manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers
including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of
the active compounds into preparations which can be used
pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of
administration chosen. A summary of pharmaceutical compositions
described herein is found, for example, in Remington: The Science
and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack
Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975;
Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms,
Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage
Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams
& Wilkins 1999).
[0637] A pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a
mixture of a compound described herein, such as, for example,
compounds of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula
(C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), with other
chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents,
dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or
excipients. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates
administration of the compound to an organism. In practicing the
methods of treatment or use provided herein, therapeutically
effective amounts of compounds described herein are administered in
a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease,
disorder, or condition to be treated. Preferably, the mammal is a
human. The compounds can be used singly or in combination with one
or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures.
[0638] The pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be
administered to a subject by multiple administration routes,
including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous,
subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical, rectal,
or transdermal administration routes. The pharmaceutical
formulations described herein include, but are not limited to,
aqueous liquid dispersions, self-emulsifying dispersions, solid
solutions, liposomal dispersions, aerosols, solid dosage forms,
powders, immediate release formulations, controlled release
formulations, fast melt formulations, tablets, capsules, pills,
delayed release formulations, extended release formulations,
pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and
mixed immediate and controlled release formulations.
[0639] Pharmaceutical compositions including a compound described
herein are optionally manufactured in a conventional manner, such
as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing,
dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying,
encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
[0640] The pharmaceutical compositions will include at least one
compound described herein, such as, for example, a compound of any
of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula
(D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII), as an active ingredient in
free-acid or free-base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt form. In addition, the methods and pharmaceutical compositions
described herein include the use of N-oxides, crystalline forms
(also known as polymorphs), as well as active metabolites of these
compounds having the same type of activity. In some situations,
compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within
the scope of the compounds presented herein. Additionally, the
compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as
solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as
water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds
presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
[0641] A "carrier" or "carrier materials" includes excipients in
pharmaceutics and is selected on the basis of compatibility with
compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula
(A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula
(I), or Formula (VII), and the release profile properties of the
desired dosage form. Exemplary carrier materials include, e.g.,
binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents,
surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents,
diluents, and the like. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and
Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing
Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical
Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975; Liberman, H. A.
and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker,
New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug
Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
1999).
[0642] A "measurable serum concentration" or "measurable plasma
concentration" describes the blood serum or blood plasma
concentration, typically measured in mg, .mu.g, or ng of
therapeutic agent per ml, dl, or 1 of blood serum, absorbed into
the bloodstream after administration. As used herein, measurable
plasma concentrations are typically measured in ng/ml or
.mu.g/ml.
[0643] "Pharmacodynamics" refers to the factors which determine the
biologic response observed relative to the concentration of drug at
a site of action. "Pharmacokinetics" refers to the factors which
determine the attainment and maintenance of the appropriate
concentration of drug at a site of action.
[0644] "Steady state," as used herein, is when the amount of drug
administered is equal to the amount of drug eliminated within one
dosing interval resulting in a plateau or constant plasma drug
exposure.
[0645] Dosage Forms
[0646] Moreover, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein,
which include a compound of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula
(B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula
(VII) can be formulated into any suitable dosage form, including
but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, liquids, gels,
syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral
ingestion by a patient to be treated, solid oral dosage forms,
aerosols, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations,
effervescent formulations, lyophilized formulations, tablets,
powders, pills, dragees, capsules, delayed release formulations,
extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations,
multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate release and
controlled release formulations.
[0647] The pharmaceutical solid dosage forms described herein
optionally include a compound described herein and one or more
pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as a compatible carrier,
binder, filling agent, suspending agent, flavoring agent,
sweetening agent, disintegrating agent, dispersing agent,
surfactant, lubricant, colorant, diluent, solubilizer, moistening
agent, plasticizer, stabilizer, penetration enhancer, wetting
agent, anti-foaming agent, antioxidant, preservative, or one or
more combination thereof. In still other aspects, using standard
coating procedures, such as those described in Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th Edition (2000), a film coating is
provided around the formulation of the compound of any of Formula
(A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula
(I), or Formula (VII). In one embodiment, some or all of the
particles of the compound of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula
(B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula
(VII), are coated. In another embodiment, some or all of the
particles of the compound of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula
(B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula
(VII), are microencapsulated. In still another embodiment, the
particles of the compound of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula
(B1-B6), Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula
(VII), are not microencapsulated and are uncoated.
[0648] Examples of Methods of Dosing and Treatment Regimens
[0649] The compounds described herein can be used in the
preparation of medicaments for the inhibition of Btk or a homolog
thereof, or for the treatment of diseases or conditions that
benefit, at least in part, from inhibition of Btk or a homolog
thereof. In addition, a method for treating any of the diseases or
conditions described herein in a subject in need of such treatment,
involves administration of pharmaceutical compositions containing
at least one compound of any of Formula (A1-A6), Formula (B1-B6),
Formula (C1-C6), Formula (D1-D6), Formula (I), or Formula (VII),
described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
pharmaceutically acceptable N-oxide, pharmaceutically active
metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or
pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, in therapeutically
effective amounts to said subject.
[0650] The compositions containing the compound(s) described herein
can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments.
In therapeutic applications, the compositions are administered to a
patient already suffering from a disease or condition, in an amount
sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the
disease or condition. Amounts effective for this use will depend on
the severity and course of the disease or condition, previous
therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the
drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
[0651] In prophylactic applications, compositions containing the
compounds described herein are administered to a patient
susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease,
disorder or condition. Such an amount is defined to be a
"prophylactically effective amount or dose." In this use, the
precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health,
weight, and the like. When used in a patient, effective amounts for
this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease,
disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health
status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating
physician.
[0652] In some embodiments, the irreversible kinase inhibitor is
administered to the patient on a regular basis, e.g., three times a
day, two times a day, once a day, every other day or every 3 days.
In other embodiments, the irreversible kinase inhibitor is
administered to the patient on an intermittent basis, e.g., twice a
day followed by once a day followed by three times a day; or the
first two days of every week; or the first, second and third day of
a week. In some embodiments, intermittent dosing is as effective as
regular dosing. In further or alternative embodiments, the
irreversible kinase inhibitor is administered only when the patient
exhibits a particular symptom, e.g., the onset of pain, or the
onset of a fever, or the onset of an inflammation, or the onset of
a skin disorder.
[0653] In the case wherein the patient's condition does not
improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the
compounds may be administered chronically, that is, for an extended
period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient's
life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the
symptoms of the patient's disease or condition.
[0654] In the case wherein the patient's status does improve, upon
the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be
given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being
administered may be temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended
for a certain length of time (i.e., a "drug holiday"). The length
of the drug holiday can vary between 2 days and 1 year, including
by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7
days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50
days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days,
250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days. The
dose reduction during a drug holiday may be from 10%-100%,
including, by way of example only, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%,
40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or
100%.
[0655] Once improvement of the patient's conditions has occurred, a
maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the
dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, can be reduced,
as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved
disease, disorder or condition is retained. Patients can, however,
require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any
recurrence of symptoms.
[0656] The amount of a given agent that will correspond to such an
amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular
compound, disease or condition and its severity, the identity
(e.g., weight) of the subject or host in need of treatment, and is
determined according to the particular circumstances surrounding
the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered,
the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the
subject or host being treated. In general, however, doses employed
for adult human treatment will typically be in the range of
0.02-5000 mg per day, or from about 1-1500 mg per day. The desired
dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided
doses administered simultaneously (or over a short period of time)
or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or
more sub-doses per day.
[0657] The pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in
unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise
dosages. In unit dosage form, the formulation is divided into unit
doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compound.
The unit dosage may be in the form of a package containing discrete
quantities of the formulation. Non-limiting examples are packaged
tablets or capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Aqueous
suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose
non-reclosable containers. Alternatively, multiple-dose reclosable
containers can be used, in which case it is typical to include a
preservative in the composition. By way of example only,
formulations for parenteral injection may be presented in unit
dosage form, which include, but are not limited to ampoules, or in
multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
[0658] The foregoing ranges are merely suggestive, as the number of
variables in regard to an individual treatment regime is large, and
considerable excursions from these recommended values are not
uncommon. Such dosages may be altered depending on a number of
variables, not limited to the activity of the compound used, the
disease or condition to be treated, the mode of administration, the
requirements of the individual subject, the severity of the disease
or condition being treated, and the judgment of the
practitioner.
[0659] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic
regimens can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in
cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited
to, the determination of the LD.sub.50 (the dose lethal to 50% of
the population) and the ED.sub.50 (the dose therapeutically
effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between the
toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can
be expressed as the ratio between LD.sub.50 and ED.sub.50.
Compounds exhibiting high therapeutic indices are preferred. The
data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be
used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human. The dosage
of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating
concentrations that include the ED.sub.50 with minimal toxicity.
The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage
form employed and the route of administration utilized.
Dosing Strategies to Increase Selectivity
[0660] Described herein are irreversible kinase inhibitors that are
selective for one or more ACKs, including a Btk, a Btk homolog, and
a Btk kinase cysteine homolog. In some embodiments, the
irreversible inhibitors described herein also bind reversibly to
other kinases (some of which, in some embodiments, are also ACKs).
As a means of enhancing the selectivity profile, such inhibitors
are formulated (formulation includes chemical modifications of the
inhibitor, use of excipients in a pharmaceutical composition, and
combinations thereof) such that the pharmacokinetic profile favors
enhanced selectivity of the inhibitors for an ACK over a non-ACK.
By way of example only, an ACK is formulated to have a short plasma
half-life. In other embodiments, an ACK is formulated to have an
extended plasma half-life.
[0661] For example, as shown in the Examples, Compound 1 and
Compound 12 have a short half-life in vivo. In contrast, Compound 7
and Compound 8 have a significantly longer in vivo half-life (FIG.
5). Compounds like 1 and 12 are predicted to have enhanced kinase
selectivity in vivo because inhibition will be sustained only for
those kinases that are irreversibly inhibited. Further, given that
the irreversible kinase inhibitors described herein have both
reversible (in general to non-ACKs) and irreversible (generally, to
ACKs) activities, in vivo properties of absorption, distribution,
metabolism and excretion (ADME) are selected in order to optimize
the therapeutic index. Specifically, in some embodiments, rapidly
cleared compounds cause only brief inhibition of reversibly
inhibited targets while maintaining sustained inhibition of
irreversibly inhibited targets. Depending on the degree to which
sustained inhibition of particular targets results in therapeutic
effects or toxicities, we identify compounds with an optimal
combination of in vitro selectivity profiles and in vivo ADME
properties.
[0662] In one embodiment are kinase inhibitors that selectively and
irreversibly binds to a protein tyrosine kinase selected from Btk,
a Btk homolog, and a Btk kinase cysteine homolog, in which the
kinase inhibitor reversibly and non-selectively binds to a
multiplicity of protein tyrosine kinases, and further in which the
plasma half life of the kinase inhibitor is less than about 4
hours. In such an embodiment, the kinase inhibitor selectively and
irreversibly binds to at least one of Btk, Jak3, Blk, Bmx, Tec, and
Itk. In a further embodiment, the kinase inhibitor selectively and
irreversibly binds to Btk. In a further embodiment, the kinase
inhibitor selectively and irreversibly binds to Jak3. In a further
embodiment, the kinase inhibitor selectively and irreversibly binds
to Tec. In a further embodiment, the kinase inhibitor selectively
and irreversibly binds to Btk and Tec. In a further embodiment, the
kinase inhibitor selectively and irreversibly binds to Blk. In a
further embodiment, the kinase inhibitor reversibly and
non-selectively binds to a multiplicity of src-family protein
kinase inhibitors. In a further embodiment, the plasma half life of
the kinase inhibitor is less than about 3 hours. In a further
embodiment, the plasma half life of the kinase inhibitor is less
than about 2 hours.
[0663] In one embodiment are kinase inhibitors that selectively and
irreversibly binds to a protein tyrosine kinase selected from Btk,
a Btk homolog, and a Btk kinase cysteine homolog, in which the
kinase inhibitor reversibly and non-selectively binds to a
multiplicity of protein tyrosine kinases, and further in which the
plasma half life of the kinase inhibitor is greater than about 12
hours. In such an embodiment, the kinase inhibitor selectively and
irreversibly binds to at least one of Btk, Jak3, Blk, Bmx, Tec, and
Itk. In a further embodiment, the kinase inhibitor selectively and
irreversibly binds to Btk. In a further embodiment, the kinase
inhibitor selectively and irreversibly binds to Jak3. In a further
embodiment, the kinase inhibitor selectively and irreversibly binds
to Tec. In a further embodiment, the kinase inhibitor selectively
and irreversibly binds to Btk and Tec. In a further embodiment, the
kinase inhibitor selectively and irreversibly binds to Blk. In a
further embodiment, the kinase inhibitor reversibly and
non-selectively binds to a multiplicity of src-family protein
kinase inhibitors In a further embodiment, the kinase inhibitor the
plasma half life of the kinase inhibitor is greater than about 16
hours.
[0664] In one particular embodiment of any of the aforementioned
kinase inhibitors, such kinase inhibitors have the structure of
Formula (VII):
##STR00076##
wherein: wherein is a moiety that binds to the active site of a
kinase, including a tyrosine kinase, further including a Btk kinase
cysteine homolog; Y is an optionally substituted group selected
from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene, heteroarylene,
heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; Z is C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), C(.dbd.S), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; R.sub.7 and
R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken
together form a bond; R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl); and
pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically
acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[0665] In a further embodiment, on the kinase inhibitor is a
substituted fused biaryl moiety selected from
##STR00077##
[0666] In a further embodiment of such kinases:
Z is C(.dbd.O), NHC(.dbd.O), NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), or
S(.dbd.O).sub.2.
[0667] The kinase inhibitor of claim 49, wherein: each of R.sub.7
and R.sub.8 is H; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken together form a
bond.
[0668] In a further embodiment of such kinases:
R.sub.6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl).
[0669] In a further embodiment of such kinases:
Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycloalkylene ring; or Y is a 4-,
5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkylene ring; or Y is a
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkylene, or 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered
heterocycloalkylene ring.
[0670] In another aspect of such dosing methods are pharmaceutical
formulations comprising any of the aforementioned ACK inhibitors
and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments,
such pharmaceutical formulations are formulated for a route of
administration selected from oral administration, parenteral
administration, buccal administration, nasal administration,
topical administration, or rectal administration. In certain
embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulations are formulated for
oral administration.
[0671] In another aspect of such dosing methods are methods for
treating rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering to a subject
any of the aforementioned ACK inhibitors that selectively and
irreversibly binds to Btk and Tec.
[0672] In yet another aspect of such dosing strategies are methods
for increasing the selectivity of a test protein tyrosine kinase
inhibitor that irreversibly and selectively binds to at least one
protein kinase inhibitor selected from Btk, a Btk homolog, or a Btk
kinase cysteine homolog, in which the test protein tyrosine kinase
inhibitor is chemically modified to decrease the plasma half life
to less than about 4 hours. In some embodiments, the test protein
tyrosine kinase inhibitor is chemically modified to decrease the
plasma half life to less than about 3 hours.
[0673] In further embodiments, the test protein tyrosine kinase
inhibitor has the structure of Formula (VII):
##STR00078##
wherein: wherein is a moiety that binds to the active site of a
kinase, including a tyrosine kinase, further including a Btk kinase
cysteine homolog; Y is an optionally substituted group selected
from among alkylene, heteroalkylene, arylene, heteroarylene,
heterocycloalkylene, cycloalkylene, alkylenearylene,
alkyleneheteroarylene, alkylenecycloalkylene, and
alkyleneheterocycloalkylene; Z is C(.dbd.O), OC(.dbd.O),
NHC(.dbd.O), NCH.sub.3C(.dbd.O), C(.dbd.S), S(.dbd.O).sub.x,
OS(.dbd.O).sub.x, NHS(.dbd.O).sub.x, where x is 1 or 2; R.sub.7 and
R.sub.8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, substituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.6heterocycloalkyl; or R.sub.7 and R.sub.8 taken
together form a bond; and R.sub.6 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4heteroalkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkoxyalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxyalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(aryl), C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(heteroaryl),
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.3-C.sub.8cycloalkyl), or
C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl(C.sub.2-C.sub.8heterocycloalkyl).
[0674] In a further embodiment, the test protein tyrosine kinase
inhibitor non-selectively and reversibly binds to a multiplicity of
src-family protein tyrosine kinases.
[0675] In a further aspect of such dosing strategies are methods
for treating a B-cell proliferative disorder or a mast cell
proliferative disorder comprising administering to a patient in
need a pharmaceutical composition of any of the aforementioned ACK
inhibitors. For example, as presented in the Examples, brief
exposure to Compound 1 in vitro is sufficient to inhibit B cell
activation in normal human B cells. This protocol mimics the
predicted exposure of cells to Compound 1 in vivo and demonstrates
that inhibition of B cells is sustained despite washing out of
Compound 1.
[0676] In a further aspect of such dosing strategies are methods
for treating a rheumatoid arthritis or condition comprising
administering to a patient in need a pharmaceutical composition of
any of the aforementioned ACK inhibitors. In a further aspect of
such dosing strategies are methods for treating a disease
characterized by hyperactive B cells comprising administering to a
patient in need a pharmaceutical composition of any of the
aforementioned ACK inhibitors. In a further aspect of such dosing
strategies are methods for treating a disease characterized by
hyperactive mast cells comprising administering to a patient in
need a pharmaceutical composition of any of the aforementioned ACK
inhibitors. In a further aspect of such dosing strategies are
methods for treating a disease characterized by both hyperactive B
cells and hyperactive mast cells comprising administering to a
patient in need a pharmaceutical composition of any of the
aforementioned ACK inhibitors. In any of the aforementioned
treatment methods using such dosing strategies, the pharmaceutical
composition is administered once a day or less frequently than once
a day.
Kits/Articles of Manufacture
[0677] For use in the therapeutic applications described herein,
kits and articles of manufacture are also described herein. Such
kits can include a carrier, package, or container that is
compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials,
tubes, and the like, each of the container(s) including one of the
separate elements to be used in a method described herein. Suitable
containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test
tubes. The containers can be formed from a variety of materials
such as glass or plastic.
[0678] The articles of manufacture provided herein contain
packaging materials. Packaging materials for use in packaging
pharmaceutical products include, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,323,907,
5,052,558 and 5,033,252. Examples of pharmaceutical packaging
materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles,
tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles,
and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and
intended mode of administration and treatment. A wide array of
formulations of the compounds and compositions provided herein are
contemplated as are a variety of treatments for any disease,
disorder, or condition that benefit by inhibition of Btk, or in
which Btk is a mediator or contributor to the symptoms or
cause.
[0679] For example, the container(s) can include one or more
compounds described herein, optionally in a composition or in
combination with another agent as disclosed herein. The
container(s) optionally have a sterile access port (for example the
container can be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a
stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). Such kits
optionally comprising a compound with an identifying description or
label or instructions relating to its use in the methods described
herein.
[0680] A kit will typically include one or more additional
containers, each with one or more of various materials (such as
reagents, optionally in concentrated form, and/or devices)
desirable from a commercial and user standpoint for use of a
compound described herein. Non-limiting examples of such materials
include, but not limited to, buffers, diluents, filters, needles,
syringes; carrier, package, container, vial and/or tube labels
listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts
with instructions for use. A set of instructions will also
typically be included.
[0681] A label can be on or associated with the container. A label
can be on a container when letters, numbers or other characters
forming the label are attached, molded or etched into the container
itself; a label can be associated with a container when it is
present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the
container, e.g., as a package insert. A label can be used to
indicate that the contents are to be used for a specific
therapeutic application. The label can also indicate directions for
use of the contents, such as in the methods described herein.
[0682] In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions can
be presented in a pack or dispenser device which can contain one or
more unit dosage forms containing a compound provided herein. The
pack can for example contain metal or plastic foil, such as a
blister pack. The pack or dispenser device can be accompanied by
instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser can also be
accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form
prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture,
use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of
approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or
veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, can be the
labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for
prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. Compositions
containing a compound provided herein formulated in a compatible
pharmaceutical carrier can also be prepared, placed in an
appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated
condition.
EXAMPLES
[0683] The following specific and non-limiting examples are to be
construed as merely illustrative, and do not limit the present
disclosure in any way whatsoever.
Synthesis of Compounds
Example 1
Preparation of
4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine
(Intermediate 2)
[0684] 4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine
(Intermediate 2) is prepared as disclosed in International Patent
Publication No. WO 01/019829. Briefly, 4-phenoxybenzoic acid (48 g)
is added to thionyl chloride (100 mL) and heated under gentle
reflux for 1 hour. Thionyl chloride is removed by distillation, the
residual oil dissolved in toluene and volatile material removed at
80.degree. C./20 mbar. The resulting acid chloride is dissolved in
toluene (200 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (35 mL). Malononitrile (14.8
g) is added and the solution and stirred at -10.degree. C. while
adding diisopropylethylethylamine (57.9 g) in toluene (150 mL),
while maintaining the temperature below 0.degree. C. After 1 hour
at 0.degree. C., the mixture is stirred at 20.degree. C. overnight.
Amine hydrochloride is removed by filtration and the filtrate
evaporated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and
washed with 1.25 M sulphuric acid, then with brine and dried over
sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvents gives a semisolid
residue which is treated with a little ethyl acetate to give 4.1 g
of 1,1-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a white solid
(m.p. 160-162.degree. C.). The filtrate on evaporation gives 56.58
(96%) of 1,1-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a
grey-brown solid, which is sufficiently pure for further use.
[0685] 1,1-Dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (56.5 g) in
acetonitrile (780 mL) and methanol (85 mL) is stirred under
nitrogen at 0.degree. C. while adding diisopropylethylamine (52.5
mL) followed by 2M trimethylsilyldiazomethane (150 mL) in THF. The
reaction is stirred for 2 days at 20.degree. C., and then 2 g of
silica is added (for chromatography). The brown-red solution is
evaporated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate and
washed well with water then brine, dried and evaporated. The
residue is extracted with diethyl ether (3.times.250 mL), decanting
from insoluble oil. Evaporation of the ether extracts gives 22.5 g
of 1,1-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a pale orange
solid. The insoluble oil is purified by flash chromatography to
give 15.0 g of a red-orange oil.
1,1-Dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (22.5 g) and
1,1-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene oil (15 g) are
treated with a solution of hydrazine hydrate (18 mL) in ethanol (25
mL) and heated on the steambath for 1 hour. Ethanol (15 mL) is
added followed by water (10 mL). The precipitated solid is
collected and washed with ethanol:water (4:1) and then dried in air
to give 3-amino-4-cyano-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole as a pale
orange solid.
[0686] 3-Amino-4-cyano-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole (29.5 g) is
suspended in formamide (300 mL) and heated under nitrogen at
180.degree. C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to
30.degree. C. and water (300 mL) is added. The solid is collected,
washed well with water, then with methanol and dried in air to give
of 4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine.
Example 2
Synthesis of
1-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)piperi-
din-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 13)
##STR00079##
[0688] Synthesis of Compound 13; a) triphenylphosphine (TPP),
diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate (DIAD), tetrahydrofuran (THF); b)
TFA/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2; then acryloyl chloride, diisopropylethylamine
(DIPEA), tetrahydrofuran (THF).
[0689] Compounds described herein were synthesized by following the
steps outlined in Scheme 1. A detailed illustrative example of the
reaction conditions shown in Scheme 1 is described for the
synthesis of
1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 13).
[0690] 0.5 g of
4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and 0.65 g
of triphenylphosphine (TPP) were mixed together with 15 mL of
tetrahydrofuran (THF). (R)-tert-butyl
2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.5 g; 1.5 equivalents)
was added to the mixture followed by the addition of diisopropyl
diazodicarboxylate (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at
room temperature for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated
and purified by flash chromatography (acetone/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2=1/1)
to give intermediate 3 (1.49 g).
[0691] Intermediate 3 (1.49 g) was treated with 4 mL of TFA and 5
mL of CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 and stirred overnight at room temperature
and then concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in
ethyl acetate (100 mL) and then washed with dilute aq. NaHCO.sub.3
(100 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was dried (MgSO.sub.4), filtered
and concentrated to .about.20 mL and then 4.0 M HCl\dioxane (1 mL)
was added and a yellow precipitate formed. The solid was collected
by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The solid was
suspended in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and again washed with dilute
aq. NaHCO.sub.3 (100 mL). The ethyl acetate was dried (MgSO.sub.4),
filtered and concentrated to provide 0.43 g of a light yellow
solid. The solid (0.14 g, 0.36 mmol) was stirred in THF (3 mL) and
TEA (015 mL, 1.1 mmol) was added, followed by cooling the reaction
with an ice bath for 30 min, then acryl chloride (30 .mu.L, 0.36
mmol) added and the reaction was stirred for 2 hr. The reaction
mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (75 mL) and washed with
dilute aq. NaHCO.sub.3 (100 mL). The organic layer was dried
(MgSO.sub.4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2/MeOH=20/1) gave 90 mg of compound 4 as a white
solid. EM (calc)=440.2; MS (M+1): 441.2.
Example 3
Synthesis of
1-((S)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (Compound 14)
##STR00080##
[0693] The synthesis of Compound 14 was accomplished using a
procedure analogous to that described in Example 2. EM (calc.):
440.2; MS (M+1H): 441.2.
Example 4
Synthesis of
N-((1r,4r)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-y-
l)cyclohexyl)acrylamide
##STR00081##
[0695] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a
procedure analogous to that described for Example 2 EM (calc.):
454.21; MS (M+1): 455.2.
Example 5
Synthesis of
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
-N-methylacrylamide (Compound 19)
##STR00082##
[0697] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a
procedure analogous to that described for Example 2. EM (calc.):
414.18; MS (M+1H): 415.2.
Example 6
Synthesis of
N-(2-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)ethyl)-
acrylamide (Compound 23)
##STR00083##
[0699] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a
procedure analogous to that described for Example 2. EM (calc.):
400.16; MS (M+1H): 401.2.
Example 7
Synthesis of
1-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)pi-
peridin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one e (Compound 17)
##STR00084##
[0701] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a
procedure analogous to that described for Example 2. EM (calc.):
452.2; MS (M+1H): 453.2.
Example 8
Synthesis of
1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl)m-
ethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)but-2-yn-1-one (Compound 15)
##STR00085##
[0703] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a
procedure analogous to that described for Example 2. EM (calc.):
452.2; MS (M+1H): 453.2.
Example 9
Synthesis of
(E)-1-((R)-2-((4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1--
yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-en-1-one
(Compound 11)
##STR00086##
[0705] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a
procedure analogous to that described for Example 2. EM (calc.):
497.25; MS (M+1H): 498.2.
Therapeutic Uses of Inhibitor Compounds
Example 1
Inhibition of Lyphoma Tumor Cell Growth
[0706] Compound 1 inhibits lymphoma tumor cell growth. A variety of
lymphoma cell lines were incubated with a range of concentrations
of Compound 1 to determine the GI50, the concentration that results
in 50% decrease in cell proliferation (FIG. 1A). Compound 1
inhibits tumor growth in DOHH2 and DLCL2 xenograft models (FIGS. 1B
and 1C).
[0707] For in vitro cell proliferation assays, cells were seeded in
96-well plates in standard growth media (in most cases RPMI+10%
fetal calf serum) and Compound 1 was added in a 9-point dilution
series ranging from 10 uM to 0.04 uM with DMSO at 0.1% final
concentration in all wells. After 72 hours, cell number was
measured using Alamar Blue using manufacturer's protocol. A
dilution series of untreated cells was run in parallel to verify
that the Alamar Blue assay reliably reflected cell number and that
growth conditions were not limiting. The GI50, the concentration
that results in a 50% decrease in cell number, was calculated using
Calcusyn to fit the dose-response curve. GI50 values were confirmed
in two or more separate experiments for each cell line.
[0708] For in vivo lymphoma xenograft studies, 5E6 DOHH2 or DLCL2
cells in 50% matrigel were implanted subcutaneously in SCID mice
and dosed orally with Compound 1 beginning when tumor size reached
100 mm2.
Example 2
Inhibition of Collagen-Induced Arthritis in a Mouse
[0709] Compound 1 inhibits collagen-induced arthritis in the mouse.
Male DBA/1OlaHsd mice were injected intradermally with 150
microliters of 2 mg/mL Type II collagen in Freund's complete
adjuvant with supplemental M. tuberculosis, 4 mg/mL and boosted
with the same injection 21 days later. After paw inflammation was
established, animals were randomized and Compound for vehicle was
dosed orally once per day starting at day 1. Paw inflammation was
scored from 0-5 and averaged across all paws from all animals for
each group in the study. Compound 1 at 12.5 mg/kg and 50 mg/kg
regressed inflammation through the end of the study (day 11) while
3.125 mg/kg significantly reduced the increase in paw inflammation
(FIG. 2). Dexamethasone was included as a positive control.
[0710] In another study, Compound 1 was dosed at 12.5 mg/kg to such
mice over: (a) each day of an 11-day period; (b) days 1, 2, and 3
of an 11-day period; or (c) days 9, 10, and 11 of an 11-day period.
Intermittent dosing reduced the increase in paw inflammation. In
addition, Compound 9 was dosed to such mice at a level of 12.5
mg/kg or 50 mg/kg each day of an 11-day period. Compound 9 reduced
the increase in paw inflammation.
Example 3
Inhibition of Lupus in a Mouse Model
[0711] Compound 1 inhibits disease progression in the mouse MRL/lpr
model of lupus. Compound 1 at 3.125 mg/kg, 12.5 mg/kg, and 50 mg/kg
significantly reduced proteinuria, indicating amelioration of the
progressive autoimmune renal failure seen in this mouse strain
(FIG. 3). MRL/lpr mice (Jax strain 000485) were dosed orally once
per day from 12 weeks of age until 20 weeks of age and urine
protein levels were measured weekly using Clinitech Multistick
dipstick.
Example 4
Inhibition of Mast Cell Degranulation
[0712] Compound 1 inhibits mast cell degranulation in a mouse
passive cutaneous anaphylaxis model. Increasing doses of Compound 1
significantly decrease the amount of Evans Blue release, indicating
decreased mast cell activation and vascular permeabilization. (FIG.
4)
[0713] Mice were sensitized with an intradermal injection of
monoclonal anti-DNP-IgE in the back. 23 hours later they received a
single oral dose of Compound 1 or vehicle. After one hour, animals
were challenged with an intravenous injection of DNP-BSA and Evans
Blue dye. Mast cell degranulation leads to vascular permeability
and the distribution of the dye into the skin of the back. The area
of extravasation after 1 hour is measured.
Example 5
Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0714] The compositions described below are presented with a
compound of Formula (A1-A6) for illustrative purposes; any of the
compounds of any of Formulas (A1-A6), (B1-B6), (C1-C6), or (D1-D6)
are optionally used in such pharmaceutical compositions.
Example 5a
Parenteral Composition
[0715] To prepare a parenteral pharmaceutical composition suitable
for administration by injection, 100 mg of a water-soluble salt of
a compound of Formula (A1-A6) is dissolved in DMSO and then mixed
with 10 mL of 0.9% sterile saline. The mixture is incorporated into
a dosage unit form suitable for administration by injection.
Example 5b
Oral Composition
[0716] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for oral delivery,
100 mg of a compound of Formula (A1-A6) is mixed with 750 mg of
starch. The mixture is incorporated into an oral dosage unit for,
such as a hard gelatin capsule, which is suitable for oral
administration.
Example 5c
Sublingual (Hard Lozenge) Composition
[0717] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for buccal delivery,
such as a hard lozenge, mix 100 mg of a compound of Formula
(A1-A6), with 420 mg of powdered sugar mixed, with 1.6 mL of light
corn syrup, 2.4 mL distilled water, and 0.42 mL mint extract. The
mixture is gently blended and poured into a mold to form a lozenge
suitable for buccal administration.
Example 5d
Inhalation Composition
[0718] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for inhalation
delivery, 20 mg of a compound of Formula (A1-A6) is mixed with 50
mg of anhydrous citric acid and 100 mL of 0.9% sodium chloride
solution. The mixture is incorporated into an inhalation delivery
unit, such as a nebulizer, which is suitable for inhalation
administration.
Example 5e
Rectal Gel Composition
[0719] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for rectal delivery,
100 mg of a compound of Formula (A1-A6) is mixed with 2.5 g of
methylcellulose (1500 mPa), 100 mg of methylparaben, 5 g of
glycerin and 100 mL of purified water. The resulting gel mixture is
then incorporated into rectal delivery units, such as syringes,
which are suitable for rectal administration.
Example 5f
Topical Gel Composition
[0720] To prepare a pharmaceutical topical gel composition, 100 mg
of a compound of Formula (A1-A6) is mixed with 1.75 g of
hydroxypropyl cellulose, 10 mL of propylene glycol, 10 mL of
isopropyl myristate and 100 mL of purified alcohol USP. The
resulting gel mixture is then incorporated into containers, such as
tubes, which are suitable for topical administration.
Example 5g
Ophthalmic Solution Composition
[0721] To prepare a pharmaceutical ophthalmic solution composition,
100 mg of a compound of Formula (A1-A6) is mixed with 0.9 g of NaCl
in 100 mL of purified water and filtered using a 0.2 micron filter.
The resulting isotonic solution is then incorporated into
ophthalmic delivery units, such as eye drop containers, which are
suitable for ophthalmic administration.
Example 6
Levels of Tonic BCR Signaling Predict Response to Compound 1
[0722] To identify biomarkers that correlate with response to
Compound 1, phosphorylation events in the BCR signal transduction
pathway were investigated. A panel of phospho-specific antibodies
that recognize activating phosphorylation sites on Syk, Btk, BLNK,
PLC-g1, PLC-g2, ERK, and AKT were used and tested the effects of
Compound 4 on both basal phosphorylation and phosphorylation
following BCR stimulation driven by anti-IgM or anti-IgG
cross-linking We examined phosphorylation patterns in both a
Compound 1 sensitive cell line (DOHH2) and a Compound 1 resistant
cell line (Ramos).
[0723] Compound 1 inhibits most BCR-stimulus induced
phosphorylation events with similar potency in both cell lines.
However, when we examined basal phosphorylation levels, we found
higher basal phosphorylation in DOHH2 compared to Ramos, with
phospho-ERK in particular indicating higher levels of basal or
tonic signaling in DOHH2. Furthermore, Compound 4 significantly
decreased pERK levels in unstimulated DOHH2 cells (IC50<10 nM),
but not in Ramos cells.
[0724] A panel of nine Btk expressing B cell lymphoma cell lines
was screened for basal pERK levels. Seven lines expressed
significantly higher levels of basal pERK, and of these, 5 were
sensitive to Compound 1 (GI50<1.3 uM), while the two cell lines
with low pERK levels were resistant to Compound 1. This data shows
that tonic BCR signaling contributes to the survival of a subset of
lymphoma cell lines, and that inhibition of this signaling by
Compound 4 is correlated with induction of apoptosis.
[0725] Two additional experiments demonstrate that sensitivity to
Compound 1 is correlated with high levels of pERK. First 1 uM of
Compound 4 reduces expression of the known ERK transcriptional
target Egr-1 within 1 hr, with maximal downregulation (10-fold)
achieved by 4 hr. Second, in the lymphoma cell line WSU-DLCL2, BCR
cross-linking by anti-IgG (30 ug/ml) overcomes inhibition of pERK
by Compound 4, showing that strong BCR stimulus activates parallel
pathways to pERK that do not require Btk. BCR stimulus also rescues
WSU-DLCL2 from Compound 1 induced cytotoxicity, further confirming
that inhibition of pERK is correlated with apoptosis induction by
Compound 1. Taken together these data show high levels of pERK or
ERK transcriptional targets such as Egr-1 serve as useful markers
for lymphomas in which tonic BCR signaling is contributing to cell
survival and that these lymphomas are particularly sensitive to BCR
pathway inhibitors such as Compound 1.
Kinase Inhibitor Discovery Platform and Pulse Dosing
Example 1
Design of an Inhibitor
[0726] Because the ATP binding sites of the >500 kinases in the
human genome are highly conserved, it has proven difficult to
engineer selectivity for individual kinases using conventional
reversible binding inhibitors. For our highly selective BTK
inhibitor Compound 1, we engineered an electrophilic center capable
of irreversibly inactivating the target enzyme, BTK. The approach
employed structure based design to achieve a high degree of potency
and selectivity by (1) fitting the core scaffold into the active
site ATP binding pocket of kinase enzymes, and (2) forming a
covalent bond with Cysteine-481 located in BTK. The unique
chemistry required for covalent bond formation involves an
electrophilic moiety that acts as a Michael acceptor, which bonds
with a nucleophile (such as Cys-481) present in a precise location
within the active site.
Example 2
Inhibitor Screening Approach
[0727] By way of example only, a panel of 50-100 Cys-targeting
kinase inhibitors is generated. The molecular orientation and
positioning of the electrophilic group in these inhibitors in
relation to the Cysteine residue will affect the potency and
selectivity of a given inhibitor. Each inhibitor will then be
profiled for kinetics of kinase inhibition (KO for each of the ten
Cys-containing kinases, effect on tumor cell proliferation
(GI.sub.50), effect on relevant off-targets (hERG, CYPs), drug-like
characteristics (solubility, c log P) and ability to block labeling
by the active site probe. This panel of diverse inhibitors are then
be used in cell assays (for example, inhibition of tumor growth) to
screen for a phenotype of interest. With the phenotype, the
identification of additional inhibited kinases is determined using
the active site probe and mass spectrometry.
Example 3
Inhibition of a Panel of Kinases for Compound 1 and Compound 9
[0728] In another example, the linker and Michael acceptor moiety
of Compound 1 was modified to provide Compound 9 which has a
different selectivity pattern. Table 1 is a table showing the
degree of inhibition of a panel of kinases for two example
compounds. IC.sub.50s were determined using the in vitro HotSpot
kinase assay (purified enzymes, .sup.33P-ATP, an appropriate
substrate and 1 uM ATP.) Compared to Compound 1, Compound 9 has
similar potency toward Btk, but significantly less potency toward
JAK-3, ITK, and EGFR and significantly more potency toward the
src-family kinases lck, c-src, FGR, Fyn, Hck, and Lyn and Yes.
Thus, subtle modifications in the linker moiety and the Michael
acceptor moiety are important for the design of selective ACK
inhibitors.
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 1 Compound 1 Compound 9 Kinase IC50 (nM) IC50
(nM) BTK 0.5 1.0 ITK 11.7 909.9 Bmx/ETK 0.8 1.1 TEC 77.8 108.0 EFGR
0.5 20.6 HER2 9.4 1536.0 HER4 0.1 3.2 LCK 2.0 1.0 BLK 0.5 0.2 C-src
262.6 14.3 FGR 2.3 0.4 Fyn 95.6 7.1 HCK 3.7 1.0 Lyn 16.2 1.2 YES
6.5 0.8 ABL 86.1 32.3 Brk 3.3 3.3 CSK 2.2 2.4 FER 8,070.0 3,346.0
JAK3 10.4 8,278.0 SYK >10,000 >10,000
Example 4
Modification of Linker and Michael Acceptor Moieties and In Vitro
Inhibitory Activity
[0729] In this example, compounds are selected based on in vitro
characteristics to optimize for potency of inhibition of particular
kinases and degree of covalent binding to off-target cysteines such
as glutathione. For example, in Table 2, Compound 9 and Compound 12
both inhibit Btk with a similar potency as Compound 1, but they are
both significantly less potent inhibitors of EGFR, ITK, and JAK-3.
As another example, Compound 11 is similar to Compound 1 for
inhibition of Btk but does not bind glutathione as readily.
[0730] A calculated value (e.g (1/Btk IC.sub.50)/Glutathione
conjugation rate) as shown in the Table 2) is used to compare
compounds for their ratio between potency at inhibiting their
target and their non-specific binding to other SH groups, such as
those in glutathione. As shown in Table 2, this calculated value is
4.7 for Compound 1 and for 239.6 for Compound 11. Calculated ratios
such as these are used to quantitatively compare different
compounds and select compounds for further study.
Example 4a
Enzyme Inhibition
[0731] For enzyme inhibition assays, compounds were tested in range
of ten concentrations from 10 uM to 0.0005 uM using purified
enzymes and the Hotspot kinase assay. Reaction conditions were 1 uM
ATP, one hour incubation with inhibitor, and kinase activity
detected using 33-ATP phosphorylation of an appropriately selected
peptide substrate. Dose-response curves were fit using Prism, and
the IC.sub.50, the concentration at which enzyme inhibition is 50%
of maximal inhibition, was determined. See Table 2.
Example 4b
Glutathione Binding Assays
[0732] For the glutathione binding assays, 5 mM glutathione, 10
.mu.M Btk inhibitor in DMSO (10 .mu.L) and 6 equivalents of N'N'
Diisopropyl ethyl amine were combined in 1 mL potassium phosphate
buffer. The mixture was incubated for 0, 15, 60 minutes at room
temperature and the reaction was stopped with 10 equivalents of
formic acid. 50 .mu.L of each reaction mixture was injected on HPLC
(Mobil Phase A: 0.2% formic acid in water, Mobile Phase B: 0.2%
formic acid in acetonitrile, HPLC Column: Metasil Basic 3
150.times.4.6 mm, 10% B, Gradient: 10% to 90% B, Detection: UV/Vis
260 nM). Rate of reaction was reported as nmole GSH conjugate
conversion per minute from the normalized ratio for area under the
curve from HPLC chromatograms for both GSH conjugate and the
parent.
Example 4c
Cell Proliferation Assay
[0733] Analogs are generated that are Btk inhibitors and that are
cytotoxic to the lymphoma cell line DOHH2. See Table 2. For the
DOHH2 cell proliferation assay, cells were seeded in 96-well plates
in standard growth media (RPMI+10% fetal calf serum) and compounds
were added in a 9-point dilution series ranging from 10 uM to 0.04
uM with DMSO at 0.1% final concentration in all wells. After 72
hours, cell number was measured using Alamar Blue using
manufacturer's protocol. A dilution series of untreated cells was
run in parallel to verify that the Alamar Blue assay reliably
reflected cell number and that growth conditions were not limiting.
The GI.sub.50, the concentration that results in a 50% decrease in
cell number, was calculated using Calcusyn to fit the dose-response
curve.
TABLE-US-00004 TABLE 2 (1/BTK BTK ITK EGFR LCK JAK3 Glutathione
IC.sub.50)/ DOHH Compound IC.sub.50 IC.sub.50 IC.sub.50 IC.sub.50
IC.sub.50 Conj Rate Glutathione 2 GI.sub.50 # Structure (nM) (nM)
(nM) (nM) (nM) (nmol/min) Rate (.mu.M) 1 ##STR00087## 0.5 11.7 0.5
2.0 10.4 0.398 4.7 0.1 2 ##STR00088## 1.1 48.8 0.32 3 ##STR00089##
21 74.5 4 ##STR00090## 22.2 487.6 5 ##STR00091## 5.6 326.0 0.004
44.5 6 ##STR00092## 3.1 60.9 0.39 0.8 7 ##STR00093## 6.3 6,123
268.7 2.6 >10,000 0.01 15.9 0.317 8 ##STR00094## 1.4 83.4 9
##STR00095## 1.0 909.9 20.6 1.0 8278.0 0.011 10 ##STR00096## 1.31
1954 44.5 0.88 >10,000 <0.03 11 ##STR00097## 0.92 6891 18.85
2.43 >10,000 0.004525 239.6 >10 12 ##STR00098## 1.33 14290
698.3 5.97 >10,000 0.004361 172.2 >10 13 ##STR00099## 0.67
3013 18.75 1.56 12980 0.24 14 ##STR00100## 0.39 592.3 2.298 9.24
1456 0.37 15 ##STR00101## 4.16 21100 289.4 5.90 >10,000 0.59 16
##STR00102## 3.14 >10,000 2807 3.82 >10,000 0.21 17
##STR00103## 2.00 2333 435.3 2.07 >10,000 0.0243 20.6 0.21 18
##STR00104## 1.38 2536 22.53 0.76 >10,000 <0.03 19
##STR00105## 1.58 534.6 28.22 6.62 5997 0.69 20 ##STR00106## 4.07
7993 303.60 98.59 >10,000 0.39 21 ##STR00107## 4.15 >10,000
6238.00 1346 >10,000 1.53 22 ##STR00108## 1.57 3691 156.30 22.12
>10,000 0.014 45.4 <0.04 23 ##STR00109## 0.32 830 70.49
208.00 3306.00 0.11 24 ##STR00110## 0.89 476 383.70 235.40 9077.00
0.44 25 ##STR00111## 3.48 >10,000 272.90 25.8 >10,000
0.05
Example 5
Kinase Inhibitor Selectivity Predicted by Dosing
[0734] Compound 1 and Compound 12 have a short half-life in vivo.
In contrast, Compound 7 and Compound 8 have a significantly longer
in vivo half-life (FIG. 5). Compounds like 1 and 12 are predicted
to have enhanced kinase selectivity in vivo because inhibition will
be sustained only for those kinases that are irreversibly
inhibited.
[0735] Male jugular vein cannulated rats were administered a single
dose of all test compounds at 8 mg/kg each, in combination by oral
gavage. Dose volumes were adjusted based on body weight data
collected immediately prior to dosing. Blood samples were collected
at 0.0833 (5 minutes), 0.333 (20 minutes), 1, 3, 6, 9, and 24 hours
post-dosing from orally dosed rats. The samples were collected into
plasma separator Microtainer tubes with anticoagulant (lithium
heparin). Plasma samples were prepared by centrifugation (5 min at
5000.times.g), and at least 100 .mu.L were transferred to storage
tubes and stored frozen at -80.degree. C. Plasma samples were
thawed and 75 .mu.L aliquots were transferred to centrifuge tubes
to which 10 .mu.L aliquots of internal standard solution (1
.mu.g/mL) were added. The samples were not diluted with blank
plasma prior to further processing. Soluble proteins were
precipitated by the addition of 200 .mu.L of acetonitrile, followed
by centrifugation (20 min at 16,000.times.g). The samples were
evaporated to dryness and reconstituted in 200 .mu.L of water
containing 0.2% formic acid and 10% methanol. All samples were
loaded onto an autosampler maintained at 6.degree. C. and evaluated
for concentrations of test compounds using LC-MS/MS.
Example 6
B Cell Inhibition
[0736] Brief exposure to Compound 1 in vitro is sufficient to
inhibit B cell activation in normal human B cells (FIG. 6). This
protocol mimics the predicted exposure of cells to Compound 1 in
vivo and demonstrates that inhibition of B cells is sustained
despite washing out of Compound 1.
[0737] B cells were purified from blood from healthy donors by
negative selecting using the RosetteSep Human B cell enrichment
cocktail. Cells were plated in growth media (10% RPMI+10% fetal
calf serum) and indicated concentrations of Compound 1 were added.
After incubation for 1 hour at 37.degree. C., cells were washed
three times using an 8-fold dilution in growth media for each wash.
Cells were then stimulated with 10 ug/ml of IgM F(ab')2 for 18
hours at 37.degree. C. Cells were then stained with anti-CD69-PE
antibody and analyzed by flow cytometry using standard
conditions.
Example 7
Optimizing the Therapeutic Index of Kinase Inhibitors
[0738] Given that kinase inhibitors described above will have both
reversible and irreversible activities, we select their in vivo
properties of absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion
(ADME) in order to optimize the therapeutic index. Specifically,
rapidly cleared compounds are expected to cause only brief
inhibition of reversibly inhibited targets while maintaining
sustained inhibition of irreversibly inhibited targets. Depending
on the degree to which sustained inhibition of particular targets
results in therapeutic effects or toxicities, we identify compounds
with an optimal combination of in vitro selectivity profiles and in
vivo ADME properties.
Sequence CWU 1
1
14115PRTArtificial SequenceSynthetic 1Ala Val Leu Glu Ser Glu Glu
Glu Leu Tyr Ser Ser Ala Arg Gln 1 5 10 15 211PRTHomo sapiens 2Ile
Thr Glu Tyr Met Ala Asn Gly Cys Leu Leu 1 5 10 311PRTHomo sapiens
3Val Thr Glu Tyr Met Ala Arg Gly Cys Leu Leu 1 5 10 411PRTHomo
sapiens 4Val Thr Glu Phe Met Glu Arg Gly Cys Leu Leu 1 5 10
511PRTHomo sapiens 5Val Thr Glu Phe Met Glu Asn Gly Cys Leu Leu 1 5
10 611PRTHomo sapiens 6Val Phe Glu Phe Met Glu His Gly Cys Leu Ser
1 5 10 711PRTHomo sapiens 7Ile Thr Gln Leu Met Pro Phe Gly Cys Leu
Leu 1 5 10 811PRTHomo sapiens 8Val Thr Gln Leu Met Pro Tyr Gly Cys
Leu Leu 1 5 10 911PRTHomo sapiens 9Val Thr Gln Leu Met Pro His Gly
Cys Leu Leu 1 5 10 1011PRTHomo sapiens 10Val Met Glu Tyr Leu Pro
Ser Gly Cys Leu Arg 1 5 10 1111PRTHomo sapiens 11Val Thr Glu Tyr
Leu Pro Ser Gly Cys Leu Leu 1 5 10 1211PRTHomo sapiens 12Ile Thr
Glu Tyr Met Glu Asn Gly Ser Leu Val 1 5 10 1311PRTHomo sapiens
13Ile Thr Glu Tyr Met Ala Lys Gly Ser Leu Leu 1 5 10 1411PRTHomo
sapiens 14Val Met Glu Met Ala Glu Leu Gly Pro Leu Asn 1 5 10
* * * * *